1997 Blazer

REPRODUCTION
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

The 1997 Chevrolet Blazer Owner’s Manual
1-1 Seats and Restraint Systems

This section tells you how to use your seats and safety belts properly. It also explains the “SIR” system.
2-1 Features and Controls
This section explains how to start and operate your vehicle.
3- 1 Comfort Controls and Audio Systems
This section tellsyou how to adjust the ventilation and comfort controls and how to operate your audio system.
4- 1 Your Driving and the Road
Here you’ll find helpful information and tips about the road and how to drive under different conditions.
5-1 Problems on the Road
This section tells what to do
if you have a problem while driving, such asa flat tire or overheated engine, etc.
6- 1 Service and Appearance Care
Here the manual tells you how to keep your vehicle running properly and looking good.
7-1 Maintenance Schedule
This section tells you when to perform vehicle maintenance and what fluids and lubricants to use.
8- 1 Customer Assistance Information
This section tells you how to contact Chevrolet for assistance and how to get service and owner publications.
It also gives you information on ”Reporting Safety Defects” on page8- 10.
9- 1 Index
Here’s an alphabetical listing of almost every subjectin this ,manual. You can use it to quickly find
something you want to read.
i

-
) We support voluntary
technician certification.
GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem. WE SUPPORT

VOLUNTARY TECHNICIAN
CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem and the CERTIFICATION THROUGH
name BLAZER are registered trademarks of General Natlonal Institute for
Motors Corporation. AUTOMOTIVE
SERVICE
EXCELLENCE
This manual includes the latest information at the time it
was printed. We reserve the right to make changes in the
product after that time without further notice. For
vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute the name For Canadian Owners Who Prefer a
“General Motors of Canada Limited” for Chevrolet
Division whenever it appears in this manual.
French Language Manual:
Please keep this manual in your vehicle, so it will be Aux propribtaires canadiens: Vous pouvez vous
there if you ever need it when you‘re on the road. If you procurer un exemplaire de ce guide en franpis chez
sell the vehicle, please leave this manual in it so the new votre concessionaire ou au:
owner can use it. DGN Marketing Services Ltd.
1500 Bonhill Rd.
Mississauga, Ontario L5T IC7
Litho in U.S.A. “Copyright General Motors Corporation 1996

C97 1 1 B First Edition All Rights Reserved
ii

About Driving Your Vehicle Safety Warnings and Symbols
As with other vehiclesof this type, failureto operate this You will find a number of safety cautions in this book.
of control oran
vehicle correctly may result in loss We use abox and the wordCAUTION to tell you
accident. Be sure to read the “on-pavement” and about things that could hurtyou if you were to ignore
“off-road” driving guidelines in this manual. (See the warning.
“Driving Guidelines” and “Off-Road Driving with your
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicle” in the Index.)
How to Use this Manual I A CAUTION: I
Many people read their owner’s manual from beginning These mean there is something thatcould hurt
to end when theyfirst receive their new vehicle. If you you or other people.
do this, it will help you learn about
the features and
controls for your vehicle. In this manual, you’ll find
that pictures and words work together to explain In the caution area,we tell you what the hazard is. Then
things quickly. we tell you what to do to help avoid or reduce the
hazard. Please read these cautions.
If you don’t, you or
Index others could be hurt.
A good place to lookfor what you need is the Index
in the back of the manual. It’s an alphabetical listof
what’s in the manual, and the page number where
you’ll find it.
iii

You will also find a circle In the notice area,we tell you about something that can
with a slash through itin damage your vehicle. Many times, this damage would
this book. This safety not be covered by your warranty, and it could be costly
symbol means “Don’t,” But the notice will tell you whatto do to help avoid
“Don’t do this,” or “Don’t the damage.
let this happen.” When you read other manuals,you might see
CAUTION and NOTICE warningsin different colors or
in different words.
You’ll also see warning labelson your vehicle. Theyuse
the same words, CAUTION or NOTICE.
Vehicle Damage Warnings
Also, in this book you will find these notices:
These mean there is something that could

damage your vehicle.
iv

Vehicle Symbols
These are someof the symbols you may find on your vehicle.
For example, These symbols These symbols These symbols These symbols Here are some
these symbols are important have to do with are on some of are used on other symbols
are used on an for you and your lamps: your controls: warning and you may see:
original battery: your passengers indicator lights:
whenever your WINDSHIELD
CAUTION
POSSIBLE
INJURY
A vehicle is
driven:
WIPER
COOLANT
TEMP - FUSE *
PROTECT
EYES BY
DOOR LOCK
UNLOCK
TURN
SIGNALS
EATERY LIGHTER
I
SHIELDING CHARGING
SYSTEM
CAUSTIC
BATTERY
ACID COULD
CAUSE
BURNS
x FASTEN
SEAT
BELTS
A
WINDSHIELD
DEFROSTER BRAKE (a) HORN )a(
AVOID
FLASHER
WINDOW
SPEAKER
b
la
SPARKS OR t' DEFOGGER
POWER
FLAMES
WINDOW
-I
ENGINE OIL
PRESSURE
e, FUEL
SPARK OR ,\I/,
FLAME
COULD
EXPLODE
BATTERY
FOG LAMPS $0 VENTILATING
FAN 1
-J
b
ANTI-LOCK
BRAKES
(@)

Model Reference
This manual covers these models:
Two-Door Utility ' Four-Door Utility
vi

Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems
Here you’ll find information about the seats in your vehicle and how to use your safety belts properly.
You can also
learn about some things you shouldnot do with air bags and safety belts.
1-2 Seats and Seat Controls 1-28 Rear Seat Passengers

1-8 Safety Belts: They’re for Everyone 1-31 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides for Children
1-12 Here Are Questions Many People Ask About and Small Adults (4-Door Models)
Safety Belts -- and the Answers 1-34 Center Rear Passenger Position
1-13 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly (4-Door Models)
1-13 Driver Position 1-35 Children
1-20 Supplemental Inflatable 1-37 ChiId Restraints
Restraint (SIR) System 1-44 Larger Children
1-26 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 1-47 Safety Belt Extender
1-26 Right Front Passenger Position 1-47 Checking Your Restraint Systems
1-26 Center Front Passenger Position 1-48 Replacing Restraint System Parts
(4-Door Models) After a Crash

Seats and Seat Controls I Move the lever under the
x. '2 front of the standard seat
This section tells you about the seats -- how to adjust
, . . . toward the driver's
door to
them, and fold them up and down. unlock it. Slide the seat to
where you want it. Then
Manual Front Seat I release-the lever and try to
I
I A CAUTION:. I
-
move the seat with your
body to make sure the seat
is locked into place.
You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to

ad,just a manual driver's seat while the vehicleis
moving. The sudden movement could startleand
confuse you, or make you push a pedal whenyou Move the lever under the
don't want to. Adjust the driver's seatorrlg when front of the easy entry seat
the vehicle is not moving. up to unlock it. Slide the
seat to where you want it.
Then release the lever and
try to move the seat with
your body to make sure the
seat is locked into place.
1-2

Manual Lumbar Support Power Driver’s Seat (Option)
If you have this feature, If you have this feature, there willbe a control pad on
there will be a knob on the your driver’s seat.
outside of the driverand
passenger bucket seats.
Turn the knob
counterclockwise to
increase lumbar support
and clockwise to decrease
lumbar support.
To make the front of the seat moveup or down, use

control A.
To make the rear ofthe seat move up or down,use
control C.
Use control B to move the whole seat up, down, forward
or backward.
1-3

Power Lumbar Control (Option) Reclining Front Seatbacks
1- If you have this control, it is To adjust the seatback, lift
located on the side o f the the lever on the outer side
driver’s seat.
Press and hold the front of the control until you have the Release the lever to lock the seatback where you want it.
desired lumbar support. To decrease lumbar support, PulI up on the lever and the seat will go to an
press the rear of the control. upright position.
1-4

A CAUTION:
Sitting in a reclined position whenyour vehicle is
in motion can be dangerous. Even if you buckle
up, your safety belts can’t do their jobwhen
you’re reclined like this.
The shoulderbelt can’t do its job because it
won’t be against yourbody. Instead, it will be in
front of you. In a crash you could go into it,
receiving neck or other injuries.
The lapbelt can’t do its job either. In a crash the
belt could go up over your abdomen. The belt
forces would be there, not at your pelvic bones.
This could cause serious internal injuries.
But don’t havea seatback reclinedif your vehicleis moving. For proper protection when the vehicle isin
motion, have the seatback upright. Thensit well
back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly.
1-5

Head Restraints To return the seatback to the upright position, push the
seatback all the way back until the latch catches. If the
Head restraints are fixed on some models and adjustable seatback was reclined before beingfolded forward, it
on others. Slide an adjustable head restraint up or down will return to the reclined position.
so that the top of the restraint is closest to the top of
your ears. This position reducesthe chance of a neck
injury in a crash.
Your adjustable head restraint may also be tilted forward
I A CAUTION:
for greatercomfort.
If the seatback isn’t locked, it could move
Seatback Latches forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could
cause injury to the person sitting there. Always
press rearward on the seatback to be sure it
is locked.
I
1-6

Easy Entry Seat (2-DoorModels) Rear Seats
The right front seatof your vehicle makes it easy to get Your vehicle has a folding rear seatwhich lets you fold
in and out of the rear seat. the seatbacks down for more cargo space.
0 Tilt the right front seatback completely forward and
the whole seat will slide forward.
Move the seatback to its original position after
someone gets into the rear seat area. Then move the
seat rearward until it l o c k s .
A CAUTION:
If an easy entry right front seat isn’t locked, it
can move. In a sudden stop or crash, the person
sitting there could be injured. After you’ve used
it, be sure to push rearward on an easy entry seat
to be sure it is locked. The rear seat release handles are in the upper center of
the rear of the seatbacks. Push back on the seatbacks as
you pull up on the handles.
Tilt the seatback completely forward again to get out.
To raise the seatbacks, just lift up the seatbacks and push
until they lock in the upright position.
Push and pull on the seatbacks to check that the latches
have locked in the upright position. If they haven’t, have
them fixed immediately.
1-7

Safety Belts: They’re for Everyone
This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts
properly. It also tells you some things you should not do
A CAUTION:
with safety belts. It is extremely dangerous to ride ina cargo area,
And it explains the Supplemental Intlatable Restraint (SIR), inside or outside of a vehicle. In a collision,
x air bag system. people riding in these areas aremore likely to be
seriously injured or killed. Do not allow people to
ride in any area of your vehicle that is not
A CAUTION: equipped with seats and safety belts. Be sure
everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a
Don’t let anyone ride where he or she can’t wear safety belt properly.
a safety belt properly. If you are in a crash and
you’re not wearing a safety belt, your injuries
can be much worse. You can hit thingsinside the
vehicle or be ejected from it. You can be seriously
injured or killed. In the same crash, you might
not be if you are buckled up. Always fasten your
safety belt, and check that your passengers’ belts
are fastened properly too.
1-8

Your vehicle has alight that Why Safety BeltsWork
comes on as a reminder to
buckle up. (See “Safety When you ride in or on anything, you go as fast as it goes.
Belt Reminder Light” in
the Index.)
In most states and Canadian provinces, the law says to

wear safety belts. Here’s why: They work.
You never know if you’ll be in a crash. If you do have a
crash, you don’t know if it will be a bad one.
A few crashes are mild,and some crashes can be so
serious that evenbuckled up a person wouldn’t survive.
But most crashes are in between. In many of them.
people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk
away. Without belts they could have been badly hurt
or killed. Take the simplest vehicle.Suppose it’s just a seat on wheels.
After more than 25 years of safety belts in vehicles,

the facts are clear. In most crashes buckling up does
matter ... a lot!
\. - 1-9

I
t 1
Put someone on it. Get it up to speed. Then stop the vehicle. The rider
doesn‘t stop.
1-10

1 --
* "
1
lE&€d.*.L-r_ 1
I i
The person keeps going until stopped by something. or the instrument panel ...
In a real vehicle, it could be the windshield ...

Here Are Questions Many People Ask
About Safety Belts -- and the Answers
Won’t I be trapped in the vehicle after an
accident if I’m wearing a safety belt?
A: You cwuld be -- whether you’re wearing a safety
belt or not. But you can unbuckle a safety belt,
,
even if you’re upside down.And your chance of
being conscious during and after an accident, so
A you c’au unbuckle and get out, is much greater if
e you are belted.
e: If my vehicle has airbags, why should I have to
wear safety belts?
A: Air bags are in many vehicles today and will be
in most of them in the future. But they are
or the safety belts!
supplemental systems only; so they work with
With safety belts, you slow down as the vehicle does. safety belts -- not instead of them. Every air bag
You get more time to stop. You stop over more distance, system ever offered for sale has required the use of
and your strongest bones take the forces. That‘swhy safety belts. Even if you’re in a vehicle that has air
safety belts make such good sense.
bags, you still have to buckle up to get the most
protection. That’s true not only in frontal collisions,
but especially in side and other collisions.
1-12

If I’m a good driver, and I never drive far from How to Wear Safety Belts Properly
home, why should I wear safety belts?
Adults
A: You may be an excellent driver, butif you’re in an
-- you and
accident -- even one that isn’t your fault This part is only for people of adult size.
your passengers can be hurt. Being a good driver Be aware that there are special thingsto know about safety
doesn’t protect you from things beyond your belts and children. And there are different rules for smaller
control, such as bad drivers. children and babies. Ifa child will be riding in your
vehicle, see thepart of this manual called “Children.”
Most accidents occur within25 miles (40 km) of Follow those rules for everyone’s protection.
home. And the greatest number of serious injuries
First, you’ll want to know which restraint systems your
of less than 40 mph
and deaths occur at speeds
vehicle has.
(65 km/h).
We’ll start with the driver position.
Safety belts arefor everyone.
Driver Position
This part describes the driver’s restraint system.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
The driver has a lap-shoulder belt. Here’show to wear
it properly.
1 . Close and lock the door.
2. Adjust the seat (to see how, see “Seats” in the Index)
so you can situp straight.
1-13

3. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you. 5 . To make the lap part tight. pull down on the buckle
Don't Ict it Sct twisted. end of the belt as you pull up o n the shoulder belt.
Make w r c thc t - c l c w button on the buckle is

posiititmed 50 y o u would be able to unbuckle the
sat't'ty hclt quickly it' you ever had to.

The lap partof the belt should beworn low and snug on
the thighs. In a crash, this applies
the hips, j'ust touching
force to the strong pelvic bones. And you'd be less
likely to slide underthe lap belt.If you slid under it, the
belt would apply force at your abdomen. This could
cause serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt
should go over the shoulder and across the chest.
These partsof the body are best ableto take belt
restraining forces.
The safety beltlocks if there's a sudden stop or a crash.
1-15

@ What’s wrong with this?
L
I A CAUTION:
You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder beltis
too loose. In a crash, you would move forward
too much, which could increase injury. The
shoulder belt should fit against your body.
L I I I 1 I I I I I 1 I
A: The shoulder belt is too loose. It won‘t give nzarly

as much protection this way.
1-16

What’s wrong with this?
1
A CAUTION:
You can be seriouslyinjured if your belt is
buckled in the wrong place like this. In a crash,
the beltwould go up over your abdomen. The
belt forces would be there, not at thepelvic
bones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.
Always buckle your belt into the buckle
nearest you.
A: The belt is buckled in the wrong place.
1-17

e.'' What's wrong with this?
A CAUTION:
You can be seriously injured if you wear the
shoulder belt under your arm. Ina crash, your
body would move too far forward, which would
increase the chance of head and neck injury.
Also, the belt would apply too much force to the
ribs, which aren't as strong asshoulder bones.
You could also severely injure internal organs
like your liver or spleen.
A: The shoulder belt is worn under the arm. It should

be worn over the shoulder at all times.
1-18

What’s wrong with this?
~~
A CAUTION:
You can be seriously injuredby a twisted belt. In
a crash,you wouldn’t have the full widthof the
belt to spread impact forces. If a belt is twisted,
make it straight so it can work properly, or ask
your dealer to fix it.
A: The belt is twisted across the body.
1-19

Supplemental Inflatable Restraint
(SIR) System
This part explainsthe Supplemental Inflatable Restraint
(SIR) system or air bag system.
Your vehicle has an air bag for the driver.
‘i Here are the most important things to know about the
air bag system:
A CAUTION:
You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if
--
you aren’t wearing your safety belt even if you
have an air bag. Wearing your safety belt during
a crashhelps reduce your chance of hitting things
To unlatch the belt, just push the button on the buckle.
inside the vehicle or being ejected from it. Air
The belt should go back out of the way.
bags are “supplemental restraints” to the safety
Before you close the door, be sure the belt is out of the belts. All air bags are designed to work with
way. If you slam the door on it, you can damage both the safety belts, but don’t replace them. Air bags are
belt and your vehicle. designed to work only in moderate to severe
crashes where the front of your vehicle hits
something. They aren’t designed to inflate at all
CAUTION: (Continued)
1-20

There isan air bag readiness
CAUTION: (Continued) light on the instrument
panel, which shows
in rollover, rear, side or low-speed frontal crashes. AIR BAG.
Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt AIR
--
properly whether or not there’s an airbag for
BAG
that person.
A CAUTION: The system checks the air bag electrical system for
malfunctions. The light tellsyou if there is an electrical
Air bags inflatewith great force, faster than the problem. See “Air Bag Readiness Light” in the Index
blink of an eye. If you’re too close to aninflating for more information.
air bag, it could seriously injure you. Safety belts
help keep you in position before and during a
crash. Always wear your safetybelt, even with an
air bag, and sit as farback as you can while still
maintaining controlof your vehicle.
1-21

How the Air Bag System Works
A CAUTION:
If something is between the driver and theair
bag, the bag might not inflate properly or it
might force the object intothat person. The path
of' an inflating air bag must be kept clear. Don't
put anything between an occupant and the air
bag, and don't attach or put anything on or near
the steeringwheel hub.
Where is the air bag?

The driver's air bag is in the middle of the steering wheel.
1-22

When should an air bag inflate? What makes an air bag inflate?
An air bag is designed to inflatein a moderate to severe In an impact of sufficient severity, the air bag sensing
frontal or near-frontal crash. The air bag will inflate system detects that the vehicle in is a crash. The sensing
only if the impact speedis above the system’s designed system triggers a release of gas from the inflator, which
“threshold level.” If your vehicle goes straight into a inflates the air bag. The inflator, air bag and related
wall that doesn’t move or deform, the threshold level is hardware are all part of the air bag module inside the
about 14 to 18 mph (23 to 29 kmh). The threshold level steering wheel.
can vary, however, with specific vehicle design,so that How does anair bag restrain?
it can be somewhat above or below this range. If your
vehicle strikes somethingthat will move or deform, such In moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal collisions,
as a parked car, the threshold levelwill be higher. The even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel.
air bag is not designed to inflatein rollovers, side The air bag supplements the protection provided by
impacts or rear impacts, because inflation would not safety belts. Air bags distribute the force of the impact
help the occupant. more evenly over the occupant’s upper body, stopping
the occupant more gradually. But air bags would not
In any particular crash,no one can say whether an air help you in many typesof collisions, including
bag should have inflated simply because of the damage rollovers, rear impacts and side impacts, primarily
to a vehicle or becauseof what the repair costs were. because an occupant’s motion not is toward the air bag.
Inflation is determinedby the angleof the impact and Air bags should neverbe regarded as anything more
how quickly the vehicle slows down in frontal and than a supplement to safety belts, and then onlyin
near-frontal impacts. moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal collisions.
The air bag systemis designed to work properly undera
wide range of conditions, including off-road usage.
Observe safe driving speeds, especially
on rough terrain.
As always, wear your safety belt. See “Off-Road
Driving” in the Index for more tips on off-road driving.
1-23

What will you see after an air bag inflates? The air bag is designed to inflate only once. After it
inflates, you’ll need some new parts for your airbag
After an air bag inflates, it quickly deflates, so quickly
system. If you don’t get them, the air bag system
that some peoplemay not even realize the air bag
won’t be there to help protect you in another crash.
inflated. Some componentsof the air bag module in the
A new system will include the air bag module and
steering wheel hub will be hot for a short time. The parts
possibly other parts. The service manual for your
of the bag that come into contact with you may be
vehicle covers the need to replace other parts.
warm, but not too hot to touch. Therewill be some
smoke and dust comingfrom vents in the deflated air 0 Your vehicle is equipped with it diagnostic module,
bag. Air bag inflation doesn’t preventthe driver from which records information about the air bag system.
seeing or from beingable to steer the vehicle. nor does it The module records information about the readiness
stop people from leaving the vehicle. of the system. when the sensors are activated and
driver’s safetybelt usage at deployment.
A CAUTION: 0 Let only qualified technicians work on yourair bag

system. Improper service can meanthat your air bag
system won’t work properly.See your dealerfor service.
When an airbag inflates, there is dust in the air.
This dust could cause breathing problems for
people with a history of asthma or other NOTICE:
breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so. If you damage the cover for the driver’s air bag,
If you have breathing problems but can’t get out the bag may not work properly. You may have to
of the vehicle after anair bag inflates, then get replace the air bag module. Do not open or break
fresh air by opening a window or door. the air bag cover.
1-24

Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Vehicle Adding Equipment to Your Air
The air bag affects how your vehicle should be serviced. Bag-Equipped Vehicle
There are partsof the air bag systemin several places Q: If I add a push bumper or a bicycle rack to the
around your vehicle. You don’t want the system to front of my vehicle, will it keep the air bag from
inflate while someone is working on your vehicle. Your
working properly?
GM dealer and theGM Service Manual have
information about servicing your vehicle and the air bag A: As long as the push bumper or bicycle rack is
system. To purchase a service manual, see “Service and attached to your vehicle so that the vehicle’s basic
Owner Publications” in the Index. structure isn’t changed, it’s not likely to keep the
air bag from working properly in a crash.
A CAUTION: @’ Is there anythingI might add to the frontof the
vehicle that could keep the air bap from
For up to two minutes after the ignition key is working properly?
turned off and the batteryis disconnected, an air A: Yes. If you add things that change your vehicle’s
bag can still inflateduring improper service. You frame, bumper system, front end sheet metal or
can be injured if you are close to an air bagwhen height, they may keep theair bag system from
it inflates. Avoid wires wrapped with yellow tape, working properly. Also, theair bag system may not
or yellow connectors. They are probably part of work properly if you relocate any of the air bag
the air bag system. Be sure to follow proper sensors. If you have any question about this, you
service procedures,and make sure the person should contact Customer Assistance before you
performing work for you is qualified to do so. modify your vehicle. (The phone numbers and
~ ~ ~~~~ ~ ~
addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of

The air bag system does not need regular maintenance. the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual.
See “Customer Satisfaction Procedure” in the Index.)

Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the
mother. When a safety belt is worn properly, it's more
Safety belts work for everyone, including pregnant likely that the fetus won't be hurt in a crash. For
women. Like all occupants, they are more likely to be pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to making
seriously injured if they don't wear safety belts. safety belts effective is wearing them properly.
Right Front Passenger Position
The right front passenger's safety belt works the same
way as the driver's safety belt. See "Driver Position"
earlier in this section.
When the shoulder belt is pulled out all the way, it will
lock. I f it does, let it go back all the way and start again.
Center Front Passenger Position

(4-DoorModels)
1-26

Lap Belt
If your vehicle has a frontbench seat, someone can sit in
the center position.
To make the belt shorter, pull its free endas shown until
the belt issnug.
Buckle, position and release it the same way as the lap
part of a lap-shoulder belt. If the belt isn’t long enough,
When y o u sit i n rhr center front seating position, you see “Safety Belt Extender’’ at the end of this section.
have a lap safety belt. which has no retractor. To make
Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned
the belt longer. t i l t the latch plate and pull it along
the belt.
so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly
if you ever had to.
1-27

Rear Seat Passengers Lap-Shoulder Belt
It’s very important for rear seat passengers to buckle up! The positions next to the windows have lap-shoulder
Accident statistics show that unbelted people in the rear belts. Here’s how to wear one properly.
seat are hurt more often in crashes than those who are
wearing safety belts.
Rear passengers who aren’t safety belted can be thrown
out of the vehicle in a crash. And they can strike others
in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts.
Rear Seat Outside PassengerPositions
1. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.
Don’t let it get twisted. On four-door models, the
shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you
very quickly. If this happens, let the belt go back
slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you
more slowly.
1-28

2. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure.
When the shoulder belt is pulled out all the way, it
will lock. If it does, let it go back all the way and
start again.
If the belt is not long enough, see “Safety Belt
Extender” at the end of this section.
Make sure the release button on the buckle is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quickly if you ever had to.
3. To make the lap part tight, pull down on the buckle

end of the belt as you pull up on the shoulder part.
1-29

And you'd be less likely to slide under the lap belt. If
m you slid under it, the belt would apply force at your
abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries.
The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and
across the chest. Theseparts of the body are best ableto
take belt restraining forces.
The safety belt locks if there's a sudden stop or a crash.
On four-door models, the safety belt also locks if you
pull the belt very quickly out of the retractor.
A CAUTION:
You can be seriously hurtif your shoulder belt is
too loose. In a crash, you would moveforward
too much, which could increase injury. The
The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on shoulder belt should fit against your body.
the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies
force to the strong pelvic bones.
1-30

Rear Safety BeltComfort Guides
for Childrenand Small Adults
(4-DOOr Models)
Four-door models have rear shoulder belt comfort
guides. This feature will provide added safety belt
comfort for childrenwho have outgrown child restraints
and for small adults. When installedon a shoulder belt,
the comfort guide pulls the belt away fromthe neck
and head.
There is one guide for each outside passenger position in
the rear seat. To provide added safety belt comfortfor
children who have outgrown child restraints and for
smaller adults, the comfort guides may be installed on
the shoulder belts. Here’show to install a comfort guide
and use the safety belt:
To unlatch the belt,just push the buttonon the buckle.
1-31

Pull the elastic cord out from between the edge of 2. Slide the guide under and past the belt. The elastic
the seatback and the interior body to remove the cord must be under the belt. Then, place the guide
guide from its storage clip. over the belt, and insert the two edges of the belt into
the slots of the guide.
1-32

n
3. Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it lies flat. 4. Buckle, position and release the safety belt as
The elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide described in “Rear Seat OutsidePassenger Positions”
on top. earlier in this section. Make sure that the shoulder
belt crosses the shoulder.
To remove and store the comfort guides, squeeze thebelt
edges together so that you can take them out from the
guides. Pull the guide upward to expose its storage clip,
and then slide the guide onto the clip. Rotate theguide and
clip inward and in between the seatback and the interior
body, leaving only the loop of elastic cord exposed.
1-33

Center Rear Passenger Position Lap Belt
@-DoorModels)
When you sit in the center rear seating position, you

have a lap safety belt which has a retractor.
1. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.
Don't let it get twisted.
2. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure.
3. Feed the lap belt into the retractor to tighten it.
1-34

Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! That includes
infants and all children smaller than adult size. In fact,
the law in every statein the United States and in every
Canadian province says children up to some age must be
restrained whilein a vehicle.
Smaller Children andBabies
I A CAUTION:
Smaller childrenand babies should always be
restrained in a child or infant restraint. The
instructions for the restraint will say whether itis
the right type and size for your child. A very
4. Position and release it the sameway as the lap part young child’s hip bones are so small that a
of a lap-shoulder belt. regular belt might not stay low on the hips, as it
If the belt isn’t long enough, see “Safety Belt should. Instead, thebelt will likely be over the
Extender” at the end of this section. Make sure the child’s abdomen. In a crash, the belt would apply
release button on the buckleis positioned so you force right on the child’s abdomen, which could
would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if cause serious or fatalinjuries. So, be sure that
you ever had to. any childsmall enough for one is alwaysproperly
restrained in a child or infant restraint.
1-35

heavy you can't hold it. For example, in a crash

at only 25 mph (40 km/h), a 12-lb. (5.5 kg) baby
will suddenly become a 2404b. (110 kg) force on
your arms. The babv would be almost impossible
to hold.
Secure thebaby in an infant restraint.
1A CAUTION:
Never hold a baby in your arms while riding in a
--
vehicle. A baby doesn't weigh much until a
crash. During a crash a baby will become so
1-36

Child Restraints Where to Put the Restraint
Be sure the child restraintis designed tobe used in a Accident statisticsshow that children are safer if they
vehicle. If it is, it will have a label sayingthat it meets are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat.We at
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. General Motors therefore recommend that you put your
child restraint ina rear seat outside position unless the
Then follow the instructions for the restraint. You may child is an infant and you’re the only adult in the
find these instructionson the restraint itself or in a vehicle. In that case, you might want to secure the
booklet, or both. These restraintsuse the belt system in restraint in the right front seat where you can keep an
your vehicle, but the child also has to be secured within eye onthe baby.
the restraintto help reduce the chanceof personal injury.
The instructions thatcome with the infant or child Wherever you install it, be sureto secure the child
restraint will show you how to do that. restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move
around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people
in the vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any child
restraint in your vehicle -- even when no child is in it.
1-37

Top Strap
Don't use the front set of tie-down brackets. Anchor the

top strap to the rearmost bracket on the same side of the
If your child restraint has it top strap, it should be vehicle as the child restraint.
anchored. Anchor brackets for the rear outside seat
positions are located on the floor in the cargo area. Once you have the top strap anchored. you'll be ready to
secure the child restraint itself.
1-38

Securing a Child Restraint ina Rear
Outside Seat Position
You’ll be using thelap-shoulder belt. See the earlier part

about the top strap if the child restraint has one.
1. Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions
for the child restraint. 4. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button is
2. Secure the child in the child restraint as the positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
instructions say. safety belt quickly if you ever had to.
3. Pick up the latch plate, andrun the lap and shoulder
portions of the vehicle’s safety belt through or
around the restraint. The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
If the shoulder belt goesin front of the child’s face or
neck, put it behind the child restraint.
1-39

I
5 . Pull the rest o f the shoulder belt all the way out of 6. To tighten the belt, feed the shoulder belt back into the
the retractor t o set the lock. retractor while you push down onthe chld restraint.
7. Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions to be sure it is secure.
To remove the child restraint. justunbuckle the vehicle's
safety belt and let it go back all the way. The safety belt
wilI move freely again and be ready to work for an adult
or larger child passenger.
1-40

Center Seat Positions(4-Door Models) Securing a Child Restraint in the Right
Front Seat Position
Don’t use child restraints in these positions. The You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt. See the earlier part
restraints won’t work properly. about the top strapif the child restrainthas one.
1. Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions
for the child restraint.
2. Secure the child in the child restraint as the
instructions say.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder
portions of the vehicle’s safety belt through or
around the restraint. The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
If the shoulder belt goes in front of the child’s face or
neck, put it behind the childrestraint.
1-41

I
.."
r
4. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button is 5 . Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the the retractor to set the lock.
safety belt quickly if you ever had to.
1-42

7. Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions to be sure it is secure. If you’re using a
bucket seat, adjust the seat forward until the lap
portion of the safety belt holds the restraint firmly.
But don’t move it any more than needed to tighten
the lap belt.
To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle’s
safety belt and let it go back all the way. The safety belt
I will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult
or larger child passenger.
6. To tighten the belt, feed the shoulder belt back into the
retractor while you push down on the child restraint.

Larger Children If you have the choice, a child should sit next to a
window so the child can wear a lap-shoulder belt and
oet the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide.
b
Accident statistics show that children are safer if they

are restrained in the rear seat. But they need to use the
safety belts properly.
Children who aren't buckled up can be thrown out in
a crash.
Children who aren I ouckled up can strike other
people who are.
Children who have outgrown child restraints should

wear the vehicle's safety belts.
1-44

- /d CAUTION:
Never do this.
Here two children are wearing the same belt. The
belt can’t properly spread theimpact forces. In a
crash, thetwo children can be crushed together
and seriously injured. A belt must be used by
only one person at a time.
Q: What if a child is wearing a lap-shoulder belt,

but thechild is so small that the shoulderbelt is
very closeto thechild’s face or neck?
A: Move the child toward the center of the vehicle, but
be sure that the shoulder belt still is on the child’s
shoulder, so that in a crash the child’s upper body
would have the restraint that belts provide. If the
child is sitting in a rear outside position of a
four-door model, see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides” in the Index. If the child is so small that
the shoulder belt is still very close to the child’s
face or neck. you might want to place the child in a
seat that has a lap belt, if your vehicle has one.
1-45

A CAUTION:
Never do this.
Here a child is sitting in a seat that has a
lap-shoulder belt, but the shoulder partis behind
the child. If the child wears the belt in this way, in
a crash the child might slide under the belt. The
belt’s force would then be applied right on the
child’s abdomen. That could cause serious or
fatal in,juries.
Wherever the child sits, the lap portion of the belt

should be worn low and snug on the hips. just touching
the child‘s thighs. This applies belt force to the child’s
pelvic bones in a crash.
1-46

Safety Belt Extender Checking Your Restraint Systems
If the vehicle’s safety belt will fasten around you, you Now and then, make sure the safety belt reminder Iight
should use it. and all your belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors and
But if a safety beltisn’t long enough to fasten, your anchorages are working properly. Look for any other
loose or damaged safety belt system parts. If you see
dealer will orderyou an extender. It’s free. When you go
in to order it, take the heaviest coatyou will wear, so the anything that might keep a safety belt system from
extender will be long enough for you.The extender will doing its job, have it repaired.
be just foryou, and just for the seat in your vehicle that Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a
you choose. Don’t let someone else use it. and use it crash. They can rip apart under impact forces. If a belt is
only for the seat it is made to fit.To wear it, just attach it torn or frayed, get a new one right away.
to the regular safetybelt. Also look for any opened or broken air bag covers, and
have them repaired or replaced. (The air bag system
does not need regular maintenance.)
1-47

Replacing Restraint System Parts If you ever see alabel on the driver's safety belt buckle
that says to replace the buckle assembly. be sure to do
After a Crash so. Then the new buckle assembly will be there to help
If you've had a crash, do you need new belts'? protect you in a collision.
After a very minor collision, nothing may be necessary. If belts are cut or darnagea,replace them. Collision
But if the belts were stretched, a s they would be if worn damage also may mean you will need to have safety belt
during a more severe crash. then you need new belts. or seat parts repaired or replaced. New parts and repairs
may be necessary even if the belt wasn't being used at
the time of the collision.
I f an air bag inflates, you'll need to replace air bag
system parts. See the part on the air bag system earlier in
this section.
CAUTION
ATTENTION 1
must be replaced.
1-48

& NOTES
1-49

1-50

Section 2 FeaturesandControls
Here you can learn about the many standard and optional featureson your vehicle, and information on starting,
shifting and braking. Also explained arethe instrument panel and the warning systems that tell you if everything is
working properly -- and what to do if you have a problem.
2-2 Keys 2-33 Parking Your Vehicle (Manual Transmission
2-6 Keyless Entry System (If Equipped) Models Only)
2-9 Endgatekiftgate 2-34 Parking Over Things That Burn
2- 12 Theft 2-34 Engine Exhaust
2-13 New Vehicle “Break-In” 2-35 Running Your Engine While You’re Parked
2- 13 Ignition Positions (Automatic Transmission)
2- 15 Starting Your Engine 2-36 Windows
2- 17 Engine Coolant Heater (Option) 2-38 Turn SignaVMultifunction Lever
2-18 Automatic Transmission Operation 2-45 Exterior Lamps
2-2 1 Manual Transmission 2-49 Mirrors
2-23 Locking Rear Axle 2-63 Accessory Power Outlets (If Equipped)
2-23 All-Wheel Drive (If Equipped) 2-63 Sunroof (If Equipped)
2-23 Four-wheel Drive (If Equipped) 2-64 Universal Transmitter (If Equipped)
2-29 Parking Brake 2-67 Instrument Panel
2-30 Shifting Into PARK (P) (Automatic 2-72 Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators
Transmission Models Only)
2-33 Shifting Out of PARK (P)
(Automatic Transmission)

Keys
A CAUTION:
Leaving young children in a vehicle with the
ignition key is dangerous for many reasons.
A child or others could be badly injured or
even killed.
They could operate power windows or other
controls or even make the vehicle move. Don't
leave the keys in a vehicle with young children.
d
2-2

This vehicle has one
double-sided keyfor the
ignition, endgate, spare tire
I NOTICE:
lock (two-door vehicles) Your vehicle has anumber of newfeatures
and door locks.It will fit that can help prevent theft. But you canhave a
with either side up. lot of trouble getting into your vehicle if youever
lock your keys inside. You may even have to
damage your vehicle to get in. So be sure you
have extra keys.
When a new vehicle is delivered, the dealer provides

the owner with a pair of identical keys and a key
code number.
The key code number tells your dealeror a qualified
locksmith how to make extra keys. Keep this number in
a safe place. If you lose your keys, you’ll be able to have
new ones rnude cusily using this number. Your selling
dealer should also have this number.

Door Locks You can use your key to unlock your door from
the outside.
To lock your door from the inside, slide the lever on
A CAUTION: your inside door rearward.
To unlock the door, slide the
Unlocked doors canbe dangerous. lever on your inside door
-- --
Passengers especially children can easily forward. You will see a red
open the doors andfall out. When a door is area on the lever.
locked, the inside handlewon't open it.
Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked
door when you slowdown or stop your vehicle.
This may not be so obvious: You increase the
chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a
crash if the doors aren'tlocked. Wear safety belts
properly, lock your doors, and you will be far
better off whenever you drive your vehicle.
I
There are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle.
You can use the Keyless Entry System, if you have
this option.
2-4

Power Door Locks (If Equipped) Rear Door Security Lock
If your vehicle has power With this feature, you can
door locks, the switch is 4s lock the rear doorsso they
located on the armrest. can’t be opened from the
Press LOCK to lock all inside by passengers.
the doors at once. Move the lockup to lock
the doors and down to
release the door locks.
To unlock the doors, press the raised area next to the Leaving Your Vehicle
key symbol.
If you are leaving the vehicle, take your key, open your
On four-door models, the leveron eacn rear aoor worm door and set the locks from inside. Then get out and
only that door’s lock. close the door.

Keyless Entry System(If Equipped) This system has a range of about 3 feet (1 m) up to
30 feet (9 m). At times you may notice a decrease in
If your vehicle has this option, you can lock andunlock range. This is normal for any remote keyless entry
your doors and rear endgate from up to 30 feet (9 m) system. If the transmitter does not work or if you have
away using the remote keyless entry transmitter supplied to stand closer to your vehicle for the transmitter to
with your vehicle. work, try this:
Your Keyless Entry System operates on a radio 0 Check to determine if battery replacement or
frequency subject toFederal Communications resynchronization is necessary. See the instructions
Commission (FCC) Rules and with Industryand that follow.
Science Canada.
e Check the distance. You may be too far from your
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. vehicle. You may need to stand closer during rainy
Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: or snowy weather.
(1 ) this device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, e Check the location. Other vehiclesor objects may be
including interference thatmay cause undesired operation. blocking the signal. Takea few steps to the leftor right,
and try again.
This device complies with RSS-210 of Industry and
Science Canada. Operation is subject to the following e If you're still having trouble. see your GM dealer or
two conditions: (1) this device may not cause a qualified technician for service.
interference, and (2) this device must accept any Changes or modifications to this system by other than an
interference received. including interference that may authorized service facility could void authorization to
cause undesired operation of the device. use this equipment.
Changes or modifications to this system other than an
authorized service facility could void authorization to
use this equipment.
2-6

Operation Battery Replacement
When you press UNLOCK, the driver’s door and Under normal use, the battery in your remote keyless
endgate will unlock automatically.If you press entry transmitter should last about two years.
UNLOCK again within five seconds, all doors will You can tell the batteryis weak if the transmitter won’t
unlock. Press LOCK to lock all the doors. work at the normal range in any location.If you have to
Press the REAR button twice within3 1/2 seconds to get closeto your vehicle before the transmitter works,
unlock and unlatch the rear glass. If your vehicle has it’s probably time to change the battery.
an automatic transmission, the transmission must be
in PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N).If your vehicle has
a manual transmission, you must engage the NOTICE:
parking brake.
When replacing the battery, use care not to touch
Matching Transmitter(s)To Your Vehicle any of the circuitry.Static from your body
Each remote keyless entry transmitter is coded to transferred to these surfaces may damage
prevent another transmitter from unlocking your vehicle. the transmitter.
If a transmitter is lost or stolen,a replacement can be
purchased through your dealer. Remember to bring any
remaining transmitters with you when you go to your
dealer. Whenthe dealer matches the replacement
transmitter to your vehicle, any remaining transmitters
must also be matched. Once your dealer has coded the
new transmitter, the lost transmitter will not unlock your
vehicle. Each vehicle can have only two transmitters
matched to it.
2-7

To replace the battery in the Keyless Entry transmitter: Resynchronization
Resynchronization may be necessary due to the security
method used by this system. The transmitter does not
send the same signal twice to the receiver. The receiver
will not respond to a signal it has been sent previously.
This prevents anyone from recording and playing back
L
the signal from the transmitter.
&.
To resynchronize your transmitter, stand close to your
vehicle and simultaneously press and hold the LOCK
and UNLOCK buttons on the transmitter for at least
five seconds. The door locks should cycle to confirm
synchronization. If the locks do not cycle,
see your dealer for service.
I . Insert a dime in the slot between the covers of the

transmitter housing near the key ring hole. Remove
the bottom by twisting the dime.
2 . Remove and replace the battery with a three volt
CR2032 or equivalent battery, positive (+)
side down.
3. Align the covers and snap them together.
4. Check the operation of the transmitter.
2-8

EndgateLiftgate Endgate Mounted Spare
If your vehicle has an endgate-mounted spare tire
A CAUTION: carrier, you must move the carrier arm out of the way to
open the glass.
Here’s how to move the arm:
It can be dangerous to drive
with the rear
window, endgate or liftgate open because carbon
monoxide (CO) gas can come into your vehicle.
You can’t see or smell CO. It cancause
unconsciousness and even death. d
If you must drivewith the rear window, endgate
or liftgate open or if electrical wiring or other
cable connections must pass through the seal
between the body and the rear window, endgate
I
or liftgate:
Make sure all windows are shut.
Turn the fan on your heating or cooling
system toits highest speed withthe setting on
VENT. That w ill force outsideair into your
vehicle. See “Comfort Controis” in the Index. 1. Squeeze the release handle to free the carrier arm.
If you have air outlets onor under the
2 . Swing the carrier arm away from the endgate. You
instrument panel, open them all the way. may need to give it a slight tug.
See “Engine Exhaust” in the Index.
3. To latch the carrier arm, swing it toward the endgate.
2-9

Endgate Release Reach inside the endgate
to lift the handle and open
To open a mechanical lock system from the outside, the endgate.
insert the key into the lock and turn i t counterclockwise
to unlock the glass.
The endgate and glass will automatically lock when shut.
To open a power lock system from the outside, insert the
key into the lock button and turn counterclockwise. All
doors will unlock.
You may also use the keyless entry system,or the power
door locks, if you're vehicle is so equipped.
When doors are unlocked, The endgate can be opened without a key if the driver's
press the button to open door is unlocked. The endgate glass will not release if
the glass. the vehicle is in gear.
To lock a power lock system from the outside, insert
the key into the lock button and turn clockwise. All
doors will lock.
2-10

Remote Rear Glass Release Liftgate Release
This button on the driver's Insert the key in the lock button and turn
side of the steering column counterclockwise. All doors will unlock. You may also use
allows you to release the the power lock switchesor the keyless entry system, if
rear glass from inside your vehicle is so equipped. Use the handle to open the
the vehicle. liftgate. Press the buttonto open the glass whenthe liftgate
is closed. The glass won't release if the vehicle is in gear.
Emergency Release for Opening
REAR HATCH I EndgateLiftgate
1. Peel back or slit the carpet locally to expose the
access hole in the trim panel.
If your vehicle has an automatic transmission,your shift
lever must be in PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (,N) for the
i i 2. Use a thin screwdriver
to reach through the
release to work.
access holes in both the
If you have a manual transmission, either with or trim panel and the
without the Keyless Entry option, you must apply your hardware cover.
parking brake before you can open the endgate glass.
1 Pry the release lever
toward the passenger's
' ' ' 2 ~
side until the glass latch
pops open.
3. Reattach the carpet securely.

- 4 4

Theft Parking at Night
Vehicle theft is big business, especiallyin some cities. Park in a lighted spot, close allwindows and lock your
Although your vehicle has a numberof theft-deterrent vehicle. Remember to keep your valuables out of sight.
features, we know that nothing we put on it can make Put them in a storage area, or take them with you.
it impossible to steal. However, there are ways you
can help. Parking Lots
If you park in a lot where someone will be watching
Key in the Ignition your vehicle. it’s best to lock it up and take your keys.
If you leave your vehicle with the keys inside, it’s an But what if you have to leave your ignition key? What if
easy target for joy riders or professional thieves -- so you have to leave something valuable in your vehicle?
don‘t do it. Put your valuables in a storage area, like your
When you park your vehicle and open the driver’s door, glove box.
you’II hear a tonereminding you to remove your key Lock all the doors except the driver’s.
from the ignition and take it with you. Always do this.
Your steering wheel will be locked. and so will your
ignition. If you have an automatic transmission, taking
your key out also locks your transmission. And
remember to lock the doors.
2-12

New Vehicle “Break-In” Ignition Positions
Use the key to turn the ignition switchto five different
I NOTICE:
~ ~~ ~ ~
positions.
Your modern vehicle doesn’t needan elaborate C

“break-in.” But it will perform better in the long
run if you followthese guidelines:
0 Keep your speed at 55 mph (88 km/h) or
less for thefirst 500 miles (805 km).
0 Don’t drive at any one speed --
fast or
--
slow for the first500 miles (805 km).
Don’t make full-throttle starts.
0 Avoid making hard stops for the first E
A
200 miles (322 km) or so. During this time
your new brake linings aren’t yet broken
in. Hard stops with new linings can mean
premature wear and earlierreplacement.
Follow this breaking-in guideline every ACCESSORY (A): ACCESSORY lets you use things
time you get new brake linings. like theradio and the windshield wiperswhen the
0 Don’t tow a trailer during break-in. engine is off. Push in the key and turn it toward you.
See “Towinga Trailer’’ in the Index for Your steering wheel will remain locked, just as it was
before you inserted the key.
more information.
2-13

NOTICE: A CAUTION:
Don’t operate accessories in theACCESSORY On manual transmissionvehicles, turning thekey
position for long periods of time. Prolonged to LOCK will lock the steeringcolumn and result
operation of accessories in the ACCESSORY in a loss of ability to steerthe vehicle. This could
position could drain your battery andprevent cause a collision. If you need to turn the engine
you from starting your vehicle. off while the vehicle is moving, turn thekey only
to OFF. Don’t press the key release button while
LOCK (B): This position locks your ignition, steering the vehicle is moving.
wheel and transmission. It’sa theft-deterrent feature.
You will only be able to remove your key when the
ignition is turned to LOCK. _..
OFF (C): This position lets youturn off the engine but
NOTICE^^' Y!’> .‘sa !-
still turn the steering wheel. Use OFF if you must have
your vehicle in motion while the engine isoff (for If your key seemsstuck in LOCK and you can’t
example, if your vehicle is being towed). turn it, be sure you are using the correctkey; if
RUN (D): This is the position for driving. so, is it all the way in? If it is, then turn the
START (E):This starts your engine. steering wheel left and rightwhile youturn the
key hard. But turn thekey only withyour hand.
Using a tool to force it could break thekey or the
ignition switch. If none of this works, then your
vehicle needs service.
2-14

Key Release Button Starting Your Engine
ac The key cannot be removed
from the ignition of manual
Automatic Transmission
transmission vehicles Move your shift lever to PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N).
unless the key release Your engine won't startin any other position -- that's a
button is used. safety feature.To restart when you're already moving,
use NEUTRAL (N) only.
9.-
I NOTICE:
Don't try to shift to PARK (P) if your vehicle
is moving. If you do, you couId damage the
transmission. Shift to PARK (P) only when
To remove the key on manual transmission vehicles, your vehicle is stopped.
turn the key to the OFF position. Then turn the key to
the LOCK position while pressing the key release button
down at the same time. Pull the key straight out.
On automatic transmission vehicles, turn the key to
LOCK and pull i t straight out.
2-15

Manual Transmission 3. If your engine still won’t start (or starts but then
stops), wait 15 seconds and start over.
The gear selector should be in NEUTRAL (N).Hold the
clutch pedal to the floor and start the engine. Your When the engine starts, let go of the key and the
vehicle won’t start if the clutch pedal is not all the way accelerator pedal.
down -- that’s a safety feature.
1 . Without pushing the accelerator pedal, turn your NOTICE:
ignition key to START. When the engine starts,let
go of the key. The idle speed will go down as your
engine gets warm. Your engine is designed to work with the
electronics in your vehicle. If you add electrical
parts or accessories, you could change the way
NOTICE: the engineoperates. Before adding electrical
equipment, check with your dealer. If you don’t.
Holding your key in START for longer than your engine might not perform properly.
15 seconds at a time will cause your battery to be If you ever have to have yourvehicle towed, see
drained much sooner. And the excessive heat can the partof this manual thattells how to do it
damage your starter motor. without damaging your vehicle. See “Towing
Your Vehicle” in the Index.
2. If it doesn’t start right away, hold your key in
START. If it doesn‘t start in 10 seconds, push the
accelerator pedal all the way down for five more
seconds. or until it starts.
2-16

Engine Coolant Heater (Option)
In very cold weather, 0°F
A CAUTION:
(- 18O Cj or colder, the
engine coolant heater Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet
can help. could cause an electrical shock. Also, the wrong
kind of extension cord could overheat and cause
a fire. You could be seriously injured. Plug the
cord into a properly grounded three-prong
110-volt AC outlet. If the cord won’t reach, use a
heavy-duty three-prong extension cord rated for
at least 15 amps.
4. Before starting the engine, be sure to unplug and

You’ll get easier startingand better fuel economy during store the cord asit was before to keep it away
engine warm-up. Usually, the coolant heater should be from moving engine parts. If you don’t, it could
plugged in a minimum of four hours prior to starting be damaged.
your vehicle. How long should you keep the coolant heater plugged
in? The answer depends on the outside temperature, the
To Use the Coolant Heater kind of oil you have, and some other things. Insteadof
1. Turn off the engine. trying to list everything here. we ask that you contact
your GM dealer in the area where you’ll be parking your
2. Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord.
vehicle. The dealer can giveyou the best advice for that
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded 110-volt AC outlet.~
particular area.
2-17

Automatic Transmission Operation
Your automatic transmission may have a shift lever A CAUTION:
located on the console between the seats or on the
steering column. It is dangerous toget out of your vehicle if the
There are several different positions for your shift lever. shift lever is not fully inPARK (P) with the
parking brake firmlyset. Your vehicle can roll.
If your vehicle is equipped with a coiunm shift lever, it
features an electronic shift position indicator within the Don’t leave yourvehicle when the engineis
instrument cluster. This display must be powered running unless you have to. If you have left the
anytime the shift lever is capable of being moved out of engine running, thevehicle can move suddenly.
the PARK (P) position. This means that if your key is in You or otherscould be injured. To be sure your
the OFF position, but not locked, there will be a small vehicie won’t move, even when you’re onfairly
current drain on your battery which could discharge level ground, always set your parking brake and
your battery over a period of time. If you need to leave move the shift lever toPARK (P).
your key in the ignition in the OFF position for an
If you have four-wheel drive, yourvehicle will
extended period, it is recommended that you disconnect
the battery cable from the battery to prevent discharging --
be free to roll even if your shift lever is
your battery. --
in PARK (P) if your transfercase is in
NEUTRAL (N). So, be sure the transfer case is in
PARK (P): This locks your rear wheels. It’s the best a drive gear, two-wheel high (2HI) orfour-wheel
position to use when you start your engine because your
vehicle can‘tmove easily.
--
high (4HI) orfour-wheel low (4LO) not in
NEUTRAL (Nj. See “Shifting IntoPARK (P)” in
the Index. If you’re pulling a trailer, see “Towing
a Trailer” in the Index.
2-18

Ensure the shift lever is fully in PARK (P) range before NEUTRAL (N): In this position, your engine doesn’t
starting the engine. Your vehicle has a brake-transmission connect with the wheels.To restart when you’re already
shift interlock.You have to fully apply your regular brakes moving, use NEUTRAL (N) only.
before you can shift from PARK (P) when the ignition
key is in the RUN position. If you cannot shift out of
PARK (P), ease pressure on the shift lever-- push the shift
lever all the way into PARK (P) (press the button in on the
I A CAUTION:
console shift lever)as you maintain brake application.
Shifting outof PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N)while
Then move the shift lever into the gear you wish. See
“Shifting Out of PARK (P)” in the Index. your engine is “racing” (running athigh speed) is
dangerous. Unless your foot is firmlyon the
REVERSE (R):Use this gear toback up. brake pedal, your vehicle could move very
rapidly. You could lose control and hitpeople or
NOTICE: objects. Don’t shift out of PARK (P) or
NEUTRAL (N) while your engine is racing.
Shifting to REVERSE(R)while your vehicle
is moving forward could damage your
transmission. Shift to REVERSE (R) only
after your vehicle isstopped. I NOTICE:
Damage to your transmission caused by shifting
To rock your vehicle back and forth to get out
of snow,
ice or sand without damaging your transmission, see out of PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N) with the
“Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice orSnow” in the Index. engine racing isn’t covered by your warranty.
2-19

AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (0): This position is for You can also use SECOND (2) for starting your vehicle
normal driving. If you need more power for passing, from a stop on slippery road surfaces.
and you’re: FIRST (1): This position gives you even more power
Going less than about 35 mph (56 km/h), push your (but lower fuel economy) than SECOND (2). You can
accelerator pedal about halfway down. use it on very steep hills, or in deep snow or mud. If the
selector lever is put in FIRST ( 1 ) while the vehicle is
Going about 35 mph (56 km/h) or more, push the
moving forward, the transmission won’t shift into
accelerator all the way down.
FIRST (1) until the vehicle is going slowly enough.
You’ll shift down to the next gear and have more power.
AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (@jshould not be used
when towing a trailer, carrying a heavy load. driving on I NOTICE:
steep hills, or for off-road driving. Select DRIVE (D)
when operating the vehicle under any of theseconditions. If your rear wheels can’t rotate, don’t try to
drive. This might happen if youwere stuck in
DRIVE (D): This position is also used for normal very deep sand or mud or were up against a solid
driving, however it offers more power and lower fuel
economy than AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (@). You object. You could damage your transmission.
should use DRIVE (D) when towing a trailer, carrying a Also, if you stop when going uphill, don’t hold
heavy load, driving on steep hills or winding roads or your vehicle there withonly the accelerator
for off-road driving. pedal. This could overheat and damage the
SECOND (2): This position gives you more power but transmission. Use your brakes or shift into
lower fuel economy. You can use SECOND (2) on hills. PARK (P) to hold your vehicle in position
It can help control your speed as you go down steep on a hill.
mountain roads, but then you would also want to use
your brakes off and on.
2-20

Manual Transmission Operation Here’s how to operate your transmission:
FIRST (1): Press the clutch pedal andshift into
5-Speed FIRST (1). Then, slowly let up on the clutch pedal as
you press the accelerator pedal.
You can shift into FIRST(1) when you’re going less
than 20 mph (32 km/h). If you’ve come to a complete
stop and it’s hard to shift into FIRST(1), put the shift
lever in NEUTRAL (N) and let up on the clutch. Press
the clutch pedal back down. Then shift into FIRST (1).
SECOND (2): Press the clutch pedal as you let up on
the accelerator pedal and shift intoSECOND (2). Then,
slowly letup on the clutch pedal asyou press the
accelerator pedal.
THIRD, FOURTH AND FIFTH (3,4 and 5): Shift
into THIRD(3),FOURTH (4) and FIFTH (5) the same
way you do for SECOND ( 2 ) . Slowly letup on the
clutch pedalas you press the acceleratorpedal.
This is your shift pattern.
To stop, let up on the acceleratorpedal and press the
brake pedal. Just before the vehicle stops,press the
clutch pedal and the brake pedal, and shiftto
NEUTRAL (N).
2-21

NEUTRAL (N): Use this position when you start or Shift Light
idle your engine.
If you have a manual
REVERSE (R): To back up, press the clutch pedal, wait transmission, you have a
about six seconds, then shift into REVERSE (R). Then SHIFT light.
let up on the clutch pedal slowly while pressing the
accelerator pedal.
NOTICE: SHIFT
Shift to REVERSE (R) only after your vehicle
is stopped. Shifting to REVERSE (R) while
your vehicle is moving could damage This light will show you when to shift to the next higher
your transmission. gear for bestfuel economy.
When this light comeson, you can shift to the next
Use REVERSE (R), along with the parking brake, for higher gear if weather, road and traffic conditions let
parking your vehicle. you. For the best fuel economy, accelerate slowly and
shift when the light comes on.
While you accelerate. it is normal for the light to go on
and off if you quickly change the position of the
accelerator. Ignore the SHIFT light when you downshift.
2-22

All-Wheel Drive(If Equipped)
A CAUTION: If your vehicle has all-wheel drive,your engine’s
driving power is sent to all fourwheels for extra
If you skip more than one gear when you traction. This is like four-wheel drive,but there is no
downshift, you couldlose control of your vehicle. lever or switch to engage or disengagethe front axle.
And you could injure yourself or others. Don’t shift It is fully automaticand adjusts itself as needed for
down more than one gear when you downshift. road conditions.
Four-wheel Drive (If Equipped)
If your vehicle has four-wheel driveand is equipped If your vehicle has four-wheel drive, you can send your
with a manual transmission, disregard the shift light engine’s driving power to all four wheels for extra
when the transfer case is in 4LO. traction. To shift out of two-wheel drive and into
four-wheel drive, move the transfer case shift lever to
Locking Rear Axle 4HI or 4LO. You should use 2HI for most normal
If you have this feature, your rear axle can give you driving conditions.
additional traction on snow, mud, ice, sand or gravel. It
works like a standard axle most of the time, but when
one of the rear wheels has no traction and the other does, NOTICE:
the locking feature will allow the wheel with traction to
move the vehicle. Driving in the 4HI or 4LO positions for a long
time on dry or wet pavement could shorten the
life of your vehicle’s drivetrain.
2-23

Manual Transfer Case
An indicator light near the lever shows you the transfer

case settings:
If your four-wheel-drive vehicle has the manual transfer
case, the transfer case shift lever is on the floor next to 2HI
the driver. Use this lever to shift intoand out of 0 4HI
four-wheel drive.
0 N SET PARK BRAKE
4LO
2-24

The front axle portionof the diagram on the indicator 4LO: This setting also engagesyour front axle to give
will light up when you shift into four-wheel drive. A you extra traction and provides extra gear reduction.
slight delay between shiftingand the pattern’s lighting is You may never need 4LO. It sends the maximum power
normal. If the pattern does not lightup, or if the front to all four wheels. You might choose 4LO if you were
axle lights do not go outafter you shift out of driving off-road in sand, mud or deep snow and
four-wheel drive, have your dealer check your system. climbing or descending steephills.
Turn the INT LIGHTS switch locatedto the right of You can shift from 2HI to 4HI orfrom 4HI to 2HI while
your headlamp switchto dim your transfer case the vehicle is moving. Do not press the transfer case
indicator light when your headlamps or parking lamps shift leverbutton when shifting from 2HI to 4HI or
are on. This will also cause your instrumentpanel lights from 4HI to 2HI.
to dim.
To shift your transfer case intoN SET PARK BRAKE:
2HI: This setting is for driving inmost street and
highway situations. Your front axle isnot engaged in 1. Stop the vehicle and shift your transmission into
two-wheel drive. NEUTRAL (N).
4HI: This setting engages your front axle to help 2. Set the parking brake. Your vehicle can roll unless
drive your vehicle. Use 4HIwhen you need extra the brakes are applied.
traction, such as on snowyor icy roads, or in most 3. Pull the transfer case shift leverinto N SET
off-road situations. PARK BRAISE.
N SET PARK BRAKE: Shift to this neutral setting
only when your vehicle needs to be towed.
2-25

To shift intoor out of 4LO: Electronic Transfer Case (U' Equipped)
1. The vehicle must be moving less than 3 mph . . ...
If your four-wheel-drive
(4.8 k m h ) with the transmission in NEUTRAL (N)
vehicle has the electronic
for an automatic transmission.For a manual
transfer case,the transfer
transmission, the clutch pedal must be engaged.
case switches are above
The preferred method for shiftinginto or out of 4LO
is to have your vehicle moving 1 to 2 mph (1.6 to
3.2 km/h).
2. Press the transfer case shift button and shift in one
continuous motion.
Don't pause in N SET PARK BRAKE as you shift into
or out of 4L0, or your gears could clash.
Remember that driving in 4HI or 4LO may reduce fuel
economy. Also. driving in four-wheel drive on dry Use these switches to shift into and out of four-wheel
pavement could cause your tires to wear faster and drive. You can choose among three driving settings:
make your transfer case harder to shift and reduce
powertrain longevity. 2HI: This setting is for driving in most street and
highway situations. Your front axle is not engaged in
two-wheel drive. When this lamp is lit, it is about
one-half as bright as the others.
4HI: This setting engages your frontaxle to help drive
your vehicle. Use 4HI when you need extra traction, such
as on snowy or icy roads, or in most off-road situations.
2-26

4LO: This setting also engagesyour front axle togive an automatic transmission or the clutch pedal engaged in
you extra traction.You may never need 4LO. It sends vehicles equipped with a manual transmission. The
the maximumpower to all fourwheels. You might preferred method for shifting into4LO is to have your
choose 4LO if you were driving off-road in sand, mud vehicle moving 1 to 2 mph (1.6 to 3.2 km/h). Press
or deep snowand climbing or descending steep hills. and release the 4LO switch. You must wait for the
4LO indicator light to stop flashing and remain
Indicator lights in the switches show you which setting
illuminated before shifting your transmission into
you are in. The indicator lights will come on briefly when
gear or releasing the clutch pedal.
you turn on the ignition and one will stay on. If the lights
do not come on, you should take your vehicle in for If the 4LO switch is pressed when your vehicle is in
service. An indicator light will flash while shifting. It will gear and/or moving,the 4LO indicator light will flash
remain illuminated when the shift is completed. for 30 seconds and not complete the shift unless your
vehicle is moving slower than 3 mph (4.8 k m k ) and
Shifting from 2HI to 4HI the transmission is in NEUTRAL (N) or the clutch
Press and release the 4HI switch. This canbe done at pedal engaged.
any speed, and the front axle will lock automatically. On automatic transmission equipped vehicles,if your
transfer case doesnot shift into4L0, your transmission
Shifting from 4HI to 2HI indicator switch may require adjustment. With your
Press and release the 2HI switch. This canbe done at transmission in NEUTRAL (N), press and release the
any speed. and the front axle will unlock automatically. 4LO switch. While the 4LO indicator light is flashing,
shift your transmission into PARK (P). Wait until the
Shifting from 2HI or JHI to 4LO 4LO indicator light remains illuminated before shifting
To shift tiom ZHIor -!HI to 4L0, the vehicle must be
your transmission into gear. This will get you into 4L0,
stopped or mo\fing less than 3 mph (4.8 k m k ) with the but you should take your vehicle in for serviceto restore
transmission in NEUTRAL (N) in vehicles equipped with normal operation.
2-27

Shifting from 4LO to 4HI or 2HI On automatic transmission equipped vehicles, if your
To shift from 4LO to 4HI or 2H1, your vehicle must be transfer case does not shift into 4H1, your transmission
indicator switch may require adjustment. With your
stopped or moving less than 3 mph (4.8 k m h ) with the
transmission in NEUTRAL (N), press and release the
transmission in NEUTRAL (N) or the clutch pedal
engaged. The preferredmethod for shifting out of 4HI switch. While the 4HI indicatorlight is flashing,
shift your transmission into PARK (P). Wait until the
4LO is to have your vehicle moving 1 to 2 mph (1.6 to
3.2 km/h). Press and release the 4HI switch. You must 4HI indicator lightremains illuminated before shifting
your transmission into gear. This will get you into 4HI.
wait for the 4HI indicator light to stop flashing and
but you should take your vehicle in for service to restore
remain illuminated before shiftingyour transmission
normal operation.
into gear or releasingthe clutch pedal.
If the 4HI switch is pressed when your vehicle is in gear
and/or moving, the 4HI indicator light will flash for
30 seconds but not complete the shift unless the
vehicle is moving slower than 3 mph (4.8 km/h) and
the transmission is in NEUTRAL ( N ) or the clutch
pedal engaged.
2-2s

Parking Brake
To set the parkingbrake, hold the regular brake pedal
NOTICE:
r
down with your right foot. Push downthe parking brake

pedal with your left foot. If the ignition is on, the brake Driving with the parking brake on can cause
system warning light will come on. your rear brakesto overheat. You may have to
replace them, and you couldalso damage other
To release the parkingbrake hold the regular brake parts of your vehicle.
pedal down.
Pull the BRAKE RELEASE If you are towing a trailer and you must park on a hill,
lever. It is located on the see “Towing a Trailer” in the Index. That section shows
bottom driver’s side of the what to do first to keep the trailer from moving.
. .
instrument panel.
2-29

Shifting Into PARK (P) (Automatic Column Shift Lever
Transmission Models Only) 1. Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot and
set the parking brake.
A CAUTION: ~~
2. Move the shift lever into PARK (P) position ‘likethis:
It can be dangerous toget out of your vehicle . ,. if I

the shift lever is not fully in PARK (P) with the
parking brake firmlyset. Your vehiclecan roll.
If you have leftthe engine running, the vehicle can
move suddenly.You or others could be injured.
To be sure your vehicle won’t move, even when
you’re on fairly level ground, use the steps that
follow. If you have fourwheel drive with a manual
transfer case shift lever and your transfer case is
in NEUTRAL (N), your vehicle will be free to roll,
even if your shift lever is in PARK (P).So, be sure
--
the transfercase isin a drive gear not in
NEUTRAL (N). If you’re pulling a trailer, see
0 Pull the lever toward you.
“Towing a ’Iltailer” in theIndex.
2-30

Console Shift Lever
F 1. Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot and
set the parking brake.
2. Move the shtft lever into PARK (P) position like this:
0 Move the lever up as far as it will go.

3. If you have four-wheel drive with a manual transfer
case shift lever, be sure the transfer case is in a drive
gear -- not in NEUTRAL (N).
4. Turn the ignition key to LOCK.
Hold in the button on the lever.
5. Remove the key and take it with you. If you can
leave your vehicle with the key, your vehicle isin Push the lever all the way toward the front of
PARK (P). the vehicle.
3. Turn the ignition key to LOCK.
4. Remove the key and take it with you. If you can leave
your vehcle with the key, your vehicle is in PARK (P).

Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine parking brake is firmly set before you leave it. After
Running (Automatic Transmission you've moved the shift lever into the PARK (P)
position, hold the regular brake pedal down. Then, see
Models Only) if you can move the shift lever away from PARK (P)
without first pulling it toward you (or pressing the
I A CAUTION: button on a console shift lever). If you can, i t means that
the shift lever wasn't fully locked into PARK (P).
It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with the Torque Lock (Automatic Transmission)
engine running. Your vehicle could move suddenly If you are parking on a hill and you don't shift your
if the shift leveris not fully in PARK (P) with the transmission into PARK (PI properly, the weight of the
parking brake firmlyset. If you have four-wheel vehicle may put too much force onthe parlung pawl in the
drive with a manual transfer case shift lever and tr'msmission. You may find it difficult to pull the shift
your transfer case is in NEUTRAL (N), your Icver out of PARK (P). This is called "torque lock." To
vehicle will be free to roll,even if your shift lever prevent torque lock, set the parking brake and then shift
is in PARK (P). So be sure the transfer case is in a into PARK (P) properly before you leave the driver's seat.
--
drive gear not in NEUTRAL (N). And, if you
To find out how, see "Shifting Into PARK (P)" in
the Index.
leave the vehicle with the engine running, itcould
overheat and even catchfire. You or others could When you are ready to drive, move the shift lever out of
be injured. Don't leave yourvehicle with the PARK (P) before you release the parking brake.
engine running unlessyou have to. I f torque lock does occur. you may need to have another
vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the
pressure from the parking pawl in the transmission, so
If you have to leave your vehicle with the engine y o u can pull the shift lever out of PARK (P).
running, be sure your vehicle is in PARK (P) and your
2-32

Shifting Outof PARK (P) Parking Your Vehicle (Manual
(Automatic Transmission) Transmission Models Only)
Your vehicle has a brake-transmission shift interlock. Before you get out of your vehicle, turnoff your engine,
You have to fully apply your regular brake before you put your manual transmission in REVERSE (R) and
can shift from PARK (P) when the ignition is in the firmly apply the parking brake.
RUN position. See “Automatic Transmission Operation” If you have four-wheel drive with a manual transfer case
in the Index. shift lever, be sure your transfer case is in a drive gear.
If you cannot shift outof PARK (P), ease pressureon Your vehicle could roll if it isn’t.
the shift lever -- push the shift lever allthe way into If you are parking on ahill, or if your vehicle is pulling
PARK (P) as you maintain brake application. Then a trailer, see “Towing a Trailer” in the Index.
move the shift lever into the gear you want (you must
press the shift leverbutton if you have the console
shift lever).
If you ever hold the brake pedal downbut still can’t
shift outof PARK (P), try this:
1. Turn the key to OFF.
2. Apply and hold the brake until the end of Step 4.
3. Shift to NEUTRAL (N).
4. Start the vehicle and then shift to the drivegear
you want.
5. Have the vehicle fixed as soon as you can.
2-33

Parking Over Things That Burn Engine Exhaust
A CAUTION:
Engine exhaust cankill. It contains thegas
carbon monoxide (CO), which you can't see or
smell. It can cause unconsciousness and death.
You might have exhaust coming ini f
Your exhaust system sounds strange
or different.
Your vehicle gets rusty underneath.
Your vehicle was damaged in collision.
a
Your vehicle was damaged when driving
over high points on the roador over
road debris.
a Repairs weren't done correctly.
IA CAUTION:
0 Your vehicle or exhaust system had
modified improperly.
been
If you ever suspect exhaustis coming into

Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust your vehicle:
parts under your vehicle andignite. Don't park Drive it only with all the windows down to
over papers, leaves, dry grass or other things that blow out any CO; and
can burn. 0 Have your vehicle fixed immediately.
2-34

Running Your Engine While You’re
Parked (Automatic Transmission) I A CAUTION:
It’s better not topark with the engine running. But if
ever have to, here are some things to know. It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if
the shiftlever is not fully in PARK(P)with the
parking brakefirmly set. Your vehiclecan roll.
A CAUTION: Don’t leave your vehicle whenthe engineis
running unless you have to. If you’ve left the
Idling the engine with the air system control engine running, thevehicle can move suddenly.
off could allow dangerous exhaust into You or otherscould be injured. To be sure your
your vehicle (seethe earlierCaution under vehicle won’t move, even when you’reon fairly
“Engine Exhaust”). level ground, always set your parkingbrake and
move the shiftlever to PARK(P).
Also, idling in a closed-in place can let deadly
carbon monoxide (CO) into your vehicle evenif
the fan switchis at the highest setting. One place If you have four-wheel drive with a manual transfer case
this can happenis a garage. Exhaust with shift lever and your transfer case is in NEUTRAL (N),
--
9-
CO can come in easily. NEVER park in a your vehicle will be free to roll, even if your shift lever
garage with the engine running. is in PARK (P). So, be sure the transfer case is in a drive
gear -- not in NEUTRAL (N). Always set your parking
Another closed-in place can be a blizzard. brake. Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle
(See “Blizzard” in theIndex.) won’t move. See “Shifting Into PARK (P)” in the Index.
If you’re pulling a trailer, see ”Towing a Trailer” in
the Index.
2-35

Windows
Manual Windows
Turn the hand crank on each door to raise or lower your
manual side door windows.
Power Windows (If Equipped)
If you have the optional power windows, the controls
are on each of the side doors. Your power windows will
only work when the ignition has been turned to RUN.
The driver's door has a switch for the passenger
windows as well.
Press the side of the switch with the down arrow to

lower the window.
Press the side of the switch with the up arrow to raise
the window.
Express-Down Window
The driver's window switch has an express-down feature
that allows you to lower it without holding the window
switch. Hold the driver's window switch down for more
than a half a second to activate the express-down feature.
Lightly tap the switch to open the window slightly.The
express-down feature can be interrupted at any time by
pressing the up arrow end of the switch.
2-36

Lockout Switch Swing-Out Windows (2-Door Only)
If your vehicle has rear
swing-out windows, unlatch
them at theirclasps and
push out on the glass to
open them.
When you close the window, be sure the latch catches.

Four-door vehicles have a lockout feature to prevent Horn
passengers from operating power windows.It is located
on the driver's door. Press LOCK to activate this feature. To sound the horn, press the horn symbols on the
Press NORM and the windows return to normal operation. steering wheel pad.
2-37

Tilt Wheel (If Equipped) Turn SignaVMultifunction Lever
If you have the tilt steering
I
wheel. you should adjust
the steering wheel before
you drive.
You can raise it to the highest level to give your legs

more room when you enter and exit the vehicle.
The level- on the left side of the steering column
To tilt the wheel, hold the steering wheel and pull the includes your:
lever toward you. Move the steering wheel to a
comfortable level. then release the lever to lock the Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator
wheel in place. 0 Headlamp High/Low Beam Changer
Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. Windshield Wipers
Windshield Washer
Cruise Control (If Equipped)
2-38

’krn and Lane ChangeSignals If a bulb is burned out, replace it to help avoid an
accident. If the arrows don’t go on at all when you
The turn signal has two upward (for right) and two signal a turn, checkthe fuse (see “Fuses and Circuit
downward (for left) positions.These positions allow you Breakers’’ in the Index) and for burned-out bulbs.
to signal a turn or a lane change.
If you have a trailer towing option with added wiring for
To signal a turn, move the lever all the way up or down. the trailer lamps, a differentturn signal flasher is used.
When the turn is finished,the lever will return automatically. With this flasher installed, the signal indicator will flash
An arrow on the instrument even if a turn signal bulb is burned out. Check the front
panel will flash in the and rear turn signal lamps regularly to make sure they
direction of the turn are working.
or lane change. Headlamp Highkow Beam Changer
To change the headlamps from low-beam to high or
high to low, pull the multifunction lever all the way
toward you. Then release it.
To signal a lane change. just raise or lower the lever

until the ;lrrocv starts to tlash. Hold it there until you
complete your 1mc change. The lever will return by
1 When the high beams are
on,.this indicator light on
the instrument panel will
also be on.
itself when you rclt.ast: i t .

As you signal ;1 turn or LI lane change, if the arrows don’t
flash but just stay 011. ;I signal bulb may be burned out
and other drivers w o n ‘ t see your turn signal.
2-39

Windshield Wipers Be sure to clear ice and snow from the wiper blades
before using them. If they're frozen to the windshield,
You control the windshield carefully loosen or thaw them. If your blades do become
wipers by turning the band worn or damaged, get new blades or blade inserts.
with the wiper symbol on it.
Windshield Washer
At the top of the multifunction lever there's a paddle
marked with the windshield washer symbol and PUSH.
To spray washer fluid on the windshield, press the
paddle. The wipers will clearthe window and then
either stop or return to your preset speed.
For a single wiping cycle, turn the band to MIST. Hold

it there until the wipers start, then let go. The wipers will
I A CAUTION:
stop after one wipe. If you want more wipes. hold the
band on MIST longer. In freezing weather,don't use your washer until
the windshield is warmed. Otherwise the washer
You can set the wiper speed for a long or short delay fluid canform ice on the windshield, blocking
between wipes. This can be very useful in light rain or your vision.
snow. Turn the band to choose the delay time. The
closer to LOW. the shorter the delay.
For steady wiping at low speed, turn the band away
from you to the LOW position. For high-speed wiping,
turn the band further, to HIGH. To stop the wipers.
move the band to the OFF position.
2-40

Rear Window WasherIWiper The rear window wiper operates with a constant five
second delay when the rear wiper switch is in the ON
position. If the rear glass is opened, the wiper arm
will automatically park on the endgate. When the
WASH glass is completely closed, the wiper will resume the
delay mode.
To wash the window, press and hold ON. The wipers
will continue to work after you release the switch.
Press OFF to turn the wiper off.
The rear window washer uses the same fluid bottle as
the windshield washer. However, the rear window
REAR WIPER washer will run out of fluid before the windshield
washer. If you can wash your windshield but not your
rear window, check your fluid level.
This switch is located on the instrument panel.
2-41

Cruise Control (If Equipped)
With cruise control, you can
A CAUTION:
maintain a speed of about
25 mph (40 km/h) or more Cruise control can be dangerous whereyou
without keeping your foot So,
can't drive safely at a steady speed.
on the accelerator. This can don't use your cruise control on winding
really help on long trips. roads or in heavy traffic.
Cruise control does not Cruise control can be dangerous on
work at speeds below about slippery roads. On such roads, fast changes
25 mph (40 krdh). in tire traction can cause needless
wheel
spinning, and you could lose control. Don't
use cruise control on siippery roads.
If you have an automatic transmission and you apply
your brakes, the cruise control will shut off.
If you have a manual transmission and you apply your-
brakes or push the clutch pedal, the cruise control will
shut off.
2-42

Setting Cruise Control Resuming a Set Speed
1A
Suppose you set your cruise controlat a desired speed
and then you apply the brake. This, of course, shuts off
CAUTION: the cruise control. But you don't
need to reset it.
If you leave yourcruise control switch on when Once you're going about
you're not usingcruise, you might hit a button 25 mph (40 k m h ) or more,
you can move the cruise
and go into cruise when you don't want to. You control switch fromON
could be startled and even losecontrol. Keep to WA for about a half
the cruise control switch OFF until you want to
use it.
I a second.
1. Move the cruise control switch to ON.

2 . Get up to the speed you want.
3. Press in the SET button You'll go right back up to your chosen speed and
at the end of the lever stay there.
and release it. Remember, if you hold the switch at R/A longer than a
half a second,the vehicle will keep going faster until
you release the switch or apply the brake. You could be
startled and even lose control.So unless you want to go
faster, don't hold the switch at WA.
2-43

Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Controi Using Cruise Controlon Hills
There are two ways to go to a higher speed: How well your cruise control will work on hills depends
Use the accelerator pedal to get to the higher speed. upon your speed. load and the steepness of the hills.
Press the button at the end of the lever, then release When going up steep hills. you may want to step on the
the button and the accelerator pedal. You'll now accelerator pedal to maintain your speed. When going
cruise at the higher speed. downhill, you may have to brake or shift to a lower gear
to keep your speed down. Of course. applying the brake
Move the cruise switch from ON to R/A. Hold it takes you out of cruise control.Many drivers find this to
there until you get up to the speed you want. and be too rnuch trouble and don't use cruisecontrol on
then release the switch. (To increase your speed in steep hills.
very small amounts. move the switch to R/A. Each
time you do this, your vehicle will go about 1 mph Ending Cruise Control
(1.6 km/h) faster.) There are two ways to turn off the cruise control:
Reducing SpeedWhile Using Cruise Control Step lightly on the brake pedal or push the clutch
Press in the button at the end of the lever until you reach pedal, if you have a manual transmission.
the lower speed you want. then release it. Move the cruise switch to OFF.
To slow down in very small amounts, press the button Erasing Speed Memory
for less than a half a second. Each time you do this.
you'll go 1 mph ( I .6 kndh) slower. When you turn oft' the cruise control or the ignition.
your cruise control set speed memory is erased.
Passing Another VehicleWhile Using Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal tu increase your speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal. your vehicle \vi11 slow
down to the cruise control speed you set earlier.
2-44

Exterior Lamps Press the top switchwith the parking lamps symbol on it
to turn on:
0 Parking Lamps
0 Sidemarker Lamps
0 Taillamps
: aD'
. .
0 License Plate Lamps
. -
.-
*
I
0 Instrument Panel Lights

0 Transfer Case Indicator Light (if you have one)
Press the bottom switch with the master lampssymbol on
it to turn on all the lamps listed as well as the headlamps.
Press the side of the switch marked OFF to turn off
your lamps.
The switches are on the left side of your instrument panel.
2-45

Lamps On Reminder When the DRL are on, only your headlamps will be on.
The taillamps, sidemarker and other lamps won’t be on.
A reminder tone will sound when your headlamps or The instrument panel won’t be lit up either.
parking lamps are turned on and your ignition is in OFF,
LOCK or ACCESSORY. To turn the tone off, press the When it begins to get dark, your DRL indicator light is a
OFF switch. reminder to turn your headlamp switch on. The other
lamps that come on with your headlamps will also
Daytime RunningLamps come on.
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can make it easier for When you turn the headlamp switch off, the regular
others to see the front of your vehicle during the day. lamps will go off, and your headlamps will change to
DRL can be helpful in many different driving the reduced brightness of DRL.
conditions. but they can be especially helpful in the To idle your vehicle with the DRL off, set the parking
short periods after dawn and before sunset.
brake. The DRL will stay off until you release the
The DRL system will make your headlamps come onat parking brake.
reduced brightness when:
As with any vehicle, you should turn on the regular
the ignition is on, headlamp system when you need it.
the headlamp switch is off and
the parking brake is released.
2-46

Fog Lamps (If Equipped) Remember, fog lamps alone will not give off as much
light as your headlamps. Never use your fog lamps in
the dark without turningon your headlamps.
I
Fog lamps will go off whenever your high-beam
headlamps come on. When the high beams go off,
. . the fog lamps will come on again.
$0OFF Interior Lamps

Brightness Control
Turn the switch next to the headlamp switch up to
make your instrument panel and transfer case lights
FOG LAMPS brighter. Turn the switchall the way up to turn on the
interior lamps.
Front Reading Lamps (If Equipped)
in foggy or misty
Use your fog lamps for better vision Press the buttonnear each lamp on the overhead console
conditions. Your parking lamps orlow-beam headlamps to turn the reading lamps on and off. The lamps can be
must be on foryour fog lamps to work. swiveled to point in the desired direction.
The fog lamp switch is on the instrument panel under If you have the miniconsole, press the lens on each
the lamps switches. Pressthe side of the switch with the reading lamp to turn it on or off.
fog lamp symbolto turn the fog lamps on. Press OFF to
turn them off. A light will glow in the switch when the
fog lamps are on.
2-47

Front Map Lamps (If Equipped) Dome Lamps
If your vehicle has optional front map lamps, they The rear dome lamp has a switch that lets you turn it on
are located on the inside rearview mirror. They will from the rear of the vehicle.
automatically come on for approximately 20 seconds
when either front door is opened or unlocked with the
Keyless Entry System, if so equipped. or until the
ignition key is turned to RUN or ACCESSORY. The
lamps will also stay on for approximately 15 seconds
after you exit the vehicle.
They will also stay on for I5 seconds when the INT
LIGHTS switch on the instrument panel is turned on
then off, while the ignition is off.
You can also turn the lamps on and off by pressing the
switch near each lamp.
Press the side of the switch with the lamp symbol to turn
on the front and rear dome lamps. Pressing the other side
of the switch will turn the cargo area dome lamp off,
even when the endgate or liftgate and doors are open.
2-48

Mirrors Outside Manual Adjust Mirror
Adjust your outside mirrors so you can just see the side
Inside Daymight Rearview Mirror of your vehicle.
You can fold them before enteringa car wash. Pull the
mirrors in toward the vehicle. Push the mirrors back out
when finished.
Power Remote Control Mirror
The control is located on the
driver's door armrest.Turn
the control to L or R to
choose the mirror, then
press the arrows on the
outside switch ring to adjust
the mirror.
Press the tab under the mirror to reduce glare from

headlamps behind you.
2-49

Convex Outside Mirror Overhead Console(If Equipped)
Your passenger’s sidemirror is convex. A convex
mirror’s surface is curved so you can see more from the
driver’s seat.
A CAUTION:
A convex mirrorcan make things(like other
vehicles) look farther away than they reallyare.
If you cut too sharplyinto the right lane,you
could hit a vehicleon your right. Checkyour
inside mirroror glance over your shoulderbefore
changing lanes.
The overhead console includes reading lamps, a

Storage Compartments compartment for a garage dooropener, a temperature
and compass display and a storage compartment
Glove Box for sunglasses.
To open your glove box, squeeze the lever at the top of
the glove box and lower the door. Two cup depressions
are provided for your convenience. but the glove box
should not be open while driving.
2-50

Reading Lamps Installing a Garage Door Opener
If you have a garage door opener, the front overhead
compartment canbe used to conveniently store
the opener.
To install the garagedoor opener, first openthe
compartment doorby pressing the latch forward.
I Peel the protective
backing from the hook
and loop patch.
The lamps can alsobe swiveled to point in the

desired direction.
‘I
Press it firmly to the back of your garage door opener,
as close to the center of the opener as possible.
Center the garage door opener activationbutton over
the console doorbutton and press the opener firmly
into place.
2-51

The pegs inside the Now, with the Compartment
compartment door are used door closed, press the
to make sure the button on button again to make sure
the compartment door will the garage door opener
contact the control button operates properly.
on the garage door opener.
A
I
Add one peg at a time until the garage door opener With the garage door opener positioned properly and the
operates with the compartment door closed when you right number of pegs in place, you should only have to
press the button. press the button slightly to operate the opener. Adjust the
position of the garage door opener and add or remove
pegs, as needed, until the opener operates properly.
2-52

Temperature and Compass Display Turn the display on or off by pressing the ON/OFF
switch. Display the temperature in either degrees
Fahrenheit (English) or Celsius (metric) by pressing the
U S N E T switch.
Before you turn on the ignition and move the vehicle,
the temperature indicated will be the last outside
temperature recorded with the ignition on.
If the outside temperature is 37 OF (3 O C) or lower when
you turn on the ignition, ICE will appear on the display.
This is a warning to the driver that road conditions may
be icy, and that appropriate precautions should be taken.
The compass is self-calibrating. so it does not need to
be manually set. However, when your vehicle is new,
the compass may function erratically. If it does, CAL
(Calibration) will appear on the display. To correct the
The outside air temperature and the compass are problem, drive in a complete 360" circle three times,
displayed at the front of the overhead console. The and the compass will function normally.
control switches are located to the left of the display.
2-53

2. Press and hold both the ON/OFF and the USMET
switches. The displaywill go off.
3. After five seconds, VAR CAL will appear on the
display. When it does, release both buttons.
4. Press USMET until your zone number appears on
the display.
5. Press ON/OFF to enter your zone number. Your
variance is now set.
Driver Information System

(If Equipped)
This system displays the outside air temperature,
compass direction and trip information in the
overhead console.
The USMET (United Statedmetric) button allows you to
Variance is the difference between magnetic north and
switch the display between the English and metricsystem.
geographic north. In some areas, the difference between
the two can be great enough to cause false compass The MODE button can be used to toggle between three
readings. If this happens, follow these instructions to set modes of operation: OFF?COMPEEMP and TRIP.
the variance for your particular location: OFF: This turns the system off.
1. Find your location on the zone map. Note your COMP/TEMP: The display provides the outside
zone number. temperature and one of eight compass readings to
indicate the direction the vehicle is facing.
2-54

The compassis self-calibrating, so it does not need 5. Press MODE to enter your zone number. Your
to be manually set. However, if C (Calibration) is variance is now set and the display will return to
displayed, the compasswill need to be calibrated. the COMP/TEMPmode.
You may also place the compassin a noncalibrated TRIP: Once in the TRIP mode, pressing the
mode by pressing and holding the MODE andUSMET MODE button will step you through the following
buttons simultaneously whilein the COMP/TEMP TRIP functions:
mode. After about 10 seconds, the compass will display
C and you can release the buttons. Drive the vehiclein AVG ECON: The average fuel economy since the
a complete360" circle threetimes at a speedof less last reset is displayed.
than 5 mph (8 km/h), and the compasswill function INST ECON: Instantaneous fuel economy for the
normally. Once the calibration is complete, the display last secondof driving is displayed.
will return to a compass reading.
RANGE: The display indicates the estimated
Variance is the difference between magnetic north and distance that can be travelled with the remaining
geographic north. In some areas,the difference between fuel in the tank, based on the fuel economy forthe
the two canbe great enoughto cause false compass last few hours of driving.
readings. If this happens, follow these instructions to
set the variance foryour particular location: FUEL USED: The fuel used since the last reset
is displayed.
1. Find your location on the zone map earlier in this
section. Note your zone number. AVG SPEED: The average speed since the last
reset is displayed.
2. Press and hold both the MODE and the US/MET
buttons in the COMPREMP mode. To reset the trip computer, press the MODE and
USMET buttons simultaneously for at least two
3. After five seconds,the compass will acknowledge seconds. All functions will be displayed for half a
the variation mode by displaying the current zone second once the system is reset. Reset can only be
number. When it does, release both buttons. performed in the AVG ECON, FUEL USED and
4. Press USMET until your zone number appears AVG SPEED modes. All three modes are reset
on the display. simultaneously.
2-55

Sunglasses Storage Compartment Front Storage Area
....
56:
The console has a sunglasses storage compartment. Tf your vehicle has this console compartment, squeeze
the front lever while lifting the top to open it. You
Door Storage can store cassettes in the slots i n the front of the
You will find a storage compartment on each of the compartment. If you have a compact disc player.
front doors. you may store compact discs inside the console.
Four-door models have storage pockets and cupholders
on rear doors.
2-56

Convenience Net (If Equipped)
If your vehicle hasthe center armrest compartment, lift

the cover to expose the storage area which includes slots
You may havea convenience net in the rearof your vehicle to
for cassettesand a coinholder.
clothing in place
help keep small items, like gloves and light
A storage compartment under your radio may be used to during sharp turns or quick stops and starts.
hold small items.
The net is not designed to retain these items during
off-road use. The net is not for larger, heavier items.
The convenience net is anchored to the endgate door.
Attach the upper loops to the retainers on either side of
the endgate opening (the label should be in the upper
passenger side corner, visible from the rear of vehicle).
Attach the lower hooks to the rear cargo tie downs on
the floor.

Roll-Up Cargo Cover (If Equipped) Cargo Tie Downs
If you have the optional cargo cover, you can use it to
cover items in the cargo area of your vehicle.
Grasp the handle and unroll the cover. Latch the posts
into the sockets on the inside trim panel on the
passenger's side of the vehicle to secure it.
I A CAUTION:
An improperly stored cargo cover couldbe
thrown about the vehicle duringa collision
or sudden maneuver.You or others could be
injured. If you remove the cover,always store it
outside of the vehicle. When youput it back,
always be sure that itis securely reattached. There are four cargo tie downs in the rear that allow
you to strap cargo in and keep it from moving inside
the vehicle.
2-58

Luggage Carrier (If Equipped) The luggage carrierhas slats, side rails and crossrails
attached to the roof to secure cargo. The moveable tie
downs, attached to the side rails, should be used to
A CAUTION: secure loadsto the luggage carrier.
Use GM accessory racks that are compatible with your
If you try to carrysomething on top of your luggage carrier for transporting sports equipment.
vehicle that is longer or wider than theluggage These are available throughyour GM dealer.
--
carrier like paneling, plywood, a mattress, and
--
so forth the wind can catch itas you drive
along. This can causeyou to lose control. What
you are carryingcould be violently torn off, and
this could cause you or other drivers to have a
collision, and of course damage yourvehicle. You
may be able to carrysomething like thisinside.
But, never carry something longeror wider than
the luggage carrier on top of your vehicle.
2-59

You can adjust the crossrails to handle different sized
loads. Just loosen the slider knobs at each end of the
crossrail and move them to where you want them. Make
sure both sides of the crossrail are even. then tighten
the slider knobs.
Be sure the cargo
is properly loaded. Follow these guidelines:
Carrying small, heavy loads on the roof is not
recommended.
Tie the load to the moveable tie down (two per each
side of the side rails). Use the crossrails only to keep
the load from sliding.
If you need to carry long items, move the crossrails
as far apart as possible. Tie the load to the moveable
Remove the center rubber strips in the crossrails and tie downs provided in the side rails. Also tie the load
attach the GM accessory rack to the nut plates provided to the bumpers. Do not tie the load so tightly that the
through the center slots (four per crossrail ). crossrails or side rails are damaged.
The tap plates can be moved to accommodate various
positions by sliding them inside the crossrail to the
desired locations before mounting the acccssory rack.
2-60

Ashtrays and Cigarette Lighter
NOTICE: To use the lighter, press it in all the way, and let go.
When it’s ready, it will pop back by itself.
Loading cargothat weighs more than 200 lbs.
(91 kg) on theluggage carrier may damage your
vehicle. When you carry largethings, never let NOTICE:
them hang over therear or thesides of your ~~~ -~- ~
vehicle. Load your cargoso that itrests on the Don’t hold a cigarette lighterin with your hand
slats anddoes not scratch ordamage thevehicle. while it is heating. If you do, it won’t be able to
Put the cargoagainst the side rails and fasten it back away from theheating element when it’s
securely to the luggage carrier. Put the main ready. That canmake it overload,damaging the
weight as far forward as you can. lighter and theheating element.
Don’t exceed the maximum vehicle capacity when The front ashtray must be completely pulled out to the
loading your vehicle. For more information on vehicle open position before the ashtray cover opens and
capacity and loading, see “Loading Your Vehicle” in smoking material can be deposited.
the Index.
To prevent damage or loss of cargo as you’re driving,
check now and then to make sure the luggage carrier and
cargo are still securely fastened.
2-61

Illuminated Visor Vanity Mirror
NOTICE: (If Equipped)
Don’t put papers and other things that burn into
your ashtray. If you do, cigarettes or other
smoking materials could set them on fire
causing damage.
To remove the front ashtray, lift the release tab as high

as possible, then remove the tray.
Four-door vehicles have smaller ashtrays inside the rear
doors. Press PUSH to turn the ashtray around for use. V
Sun Visors
To block out glare. you can swing down the top and
bottom visors. You can also swing the bottom visor from
side to side. Your visors may have an extension that can Pull the sun visor down and lift the mirror cover to turn
be pulled out for additional glare protection and a strap on the lamps.
for holding small items,such as maps.
Visor Vanity Mirror
Pull the sun visor down and lift the cover to expose the
vanity mirror.
2-62

Accessory Power Outlets (If Equipped) Sunroof (If Equipped)
If you have accessory power outlets,you can plug in
auxiliary electrical equipment. The accessory power
outlets are located below the cigarette lighter. Justpull
down from the top of the doorand follow the proper
installation instructions that are included withany
electrical equipment you install.
These circuits are protectedby a fuse and have
maximum current levels.
I NOTICE:
When using the accessory power outlets, maximum
electrical load must not exceed25 amps. Always
turn off any electrical equipment when not in use. Your vehicle may be equipped with a power sliding
Leaving electrical equipment on for extended sunroof. Press and release the rear side of the button in
periods will drain your battery. the miniconsole to open the sunroof. You can press the
forward side of the button to close the sunroof.Once the
sunroof is closed, press the forward side of the button to
open the sunroof to the vent position.
The sunroof is also equipped with a sunshade which you
can pull forward to block sun rays.
2-63

Universal Transmitter (If Equipped)
L Full-Size Console
This transmitter allows you to consolidate the functions
!Mini Console of up to three individual hand-held transmitters.It will
operate garrage doors and gates. or with the accessory
package, other devices controlled by radio frequency such
as home/office lighting systems and security systems.
The transmitter will learn and transmit the frequencies
of most current transmitters and is powered by your
vehicle's battery and charging system.

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. 2. Hold the end of the hand-held transmitter against the
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: bottom surface of the universal transmitter so that
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and you can still see the red light.
(2) This device must accept any interference received, 3. Decide which one of the three channels you want to
including interferencethat may cause undesired operation. program. Using both hands, press the hand-held
Programming the Transmitter transmitter button and the desired button on the
universal transmitter. Continue to hold both buttons
Do not use the transmitter with any garage dooropener through Step 4.
that does not have the “stop and reverse’’ feature. This
includes any garage door openermodel manufactured 4. Hold down both buttons until you see the red light
before April 1, 1982. on the universal transmitter flash rapidly. The rapid
flashing, which could take upto 90 seconds,
Be sure that people crnd objects are clear of the garage indicates that the universal transmitter has been
door j ~ u are
r progrmnming! programmed. Release both buttons once the light
Your vehicle’s engine should be turnedoff while starts toflash rapidly.
programming the transmitter. Follow these stepsto 11 you have trouble programming theuniversal
program up to three channels: transmitter, make sure that you have followed the
1. If you have not previously programmed a universal directions exactly as described and that the battery in the
channel. proceed to Step 2. Otherwise, hold down the hand-held transmitter is not dead. If you still cannot
t w o outside buttons o n the universal transmitter until program it, rotate the hand-held transmitter end over end
the red light begins IO !lash rapidly (approximately and try again. The universal transmittermay not work
20 seconds). Then release the buttons. This procedure with older garage door openers that do not meet current
initialiLes thc memory and erases any previous Federal Consumer Safety Standards. If you cannot
settings tor a l l three channels. program the transmitter after repeatedattempLs, consult
your GM dealer.
Be sure tokeep the originalhand-held transmitter in case
you needto erase and reprogram the universal transmitter.
2-65

Operating the Transmitter To program a garage door opener with the rolling code
Press and hold the appropriate button on the universal feature, do the following:
transmitter. The red light comes on while the signal is 1. Program your hand-held transmitter to the universal
being transmitted. transmitter by following the steps provided under
Note that the effective transmission range of the “Programming the Transmitter“ earlierin this section.
universal transmitter may differ from the hand-held 2. Remove the cover panel from the garage dooropener
transmitter and from one channel to another. receiver. It is located near the garage door opener motor.
Erasing Channels 3. Locate the training button on the garage door opener
receiver. The exact location and color will vary
To erase all three programmed channels. hold down among brands.
the two outside buttons until the red light begins to
flash. Individual channels cannot be erased, but can be 3. Press the training button on the garage door opener
reprogrammed using the procedure for programming the receiver for one to two seconds.
transmitter explained earlier. 5. Return to your vehicle and press the programmed
button on the universal transmitter until the red light
Training a Garage Opener with a “Rolling flashes rapidly (about two seconds).
Code” Feature 6. Release the button. then repress it to confirm it was
If you programmed the universal transmitter, but the programmed to the garage door opener receiver.
garage door will not open. and if your garage door opener You may now use either the universal transmitter or
was manufactured after 1995, your garage door may have the hand-held transmitter to open your garage door.
a security feature that changes the ”code” of your garage If you still have difficulty in programming and require
door opener every time it is opened or closed. assistance, please call 1-800-355-35 15.
To determine if your garage door opener has this
“rolling code” feature, press the appropriate button on Accessories
the universal transmitter that was programmed. If the Accessories for the universal transmitter are available
red light flashes rapidly for one to two seconds. then from the manufacturer of the unit. If you would like
turns solid, your ,oarage door opener has this feature. additional information. please call 1-800-355-35 15.
2-66

Instrument Panel
I
2-67

A. Air Vents H. Storage Compartment
B. Instrument Cluster I. Audio System
C. Electronic Transfer Case (If Equipped) J. Fog Lamps (If Equipped)
D. Comfort Controls K. Lamp Controls
E. Glove Box L. Rear Endgate Release
F. Ashtray M. Brake Release
G. Cigarette LightedPower Auxiliary Outlets N. Rear Window Washermiper
(If Equipped)
0. Rear Window Defogger (If Equipped)
2-68

Instrument Panel Cluster
Your instrument cluster is designed to let you know at a glance how your vehicle is running. You'll know how fast you're
going, about how much fuel you've used, and many other things you'll need to know to drive safely and economically.
1
SERVICE GATE
ENGINE
AJAR
0
SHIFT
UNLEAMD FUEL ONLY
MPH P R N @ D 2 1
I 0 0 0 0 0 0
Standard Cluster
2-69

CHECK
GAGES
OIL 0 53%
OptionaI'CIuster
2-70

Speedometer and Odometer Each tachometer has a different limit dependingon the
powertrain in your vehicle. The tachometer hasthree
Your speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles areas: normal operating range, red warning range and
per hour (mph) and kilometers per hour (km/h). red danger range.
Your odometer showshow far your vehicle has been The normal operating range showsyour engine speed
driven, in either miles (used in the United States) or during normal driving conditions.For example, when
kilometers (used in Canada). the needle points to 2, it means the engineis running at
Your odometer is tamper resistant. It will show silver lines 2,000 revolutions per minute (rpm). The tachometer
between the numbers if someone tries to turn it back. needle will vary all the time that the engine is running.
You may wonder what happens if your vehicle needs a The shaded red warning range teIlsyou that your engine
new odometer installed. If the new one can be set to the speed is reaching its upper limits. Don’t drive very long
mileage total of the old odometer, then it must be. But if with the tachometer in the red warning range. If you
it can’t, then it’s set at zero, and a label must be put on have a manual transmission, shiftto a higher gear as
the driver’s doorto show the old mileage reading when soon as possible. If you have an automatic transmission,
the new odometer was installed. lift your foot off of the accelerator pedal.
Trip Odometer The solid red danger range tellsyou that your engine speed
is at its upper limits. Your should immediately shift to a
The trip odometercan tell you how far your vehicle has higher gear, or lift your foot off of the accelerator pedal.
been driven since you last set the trip odometerto zero.
To set the trip odometerto zero, press the button near
the readout . I NOTICE:
Tachometer (If Equipped) Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in
The tachometer displays the enginespeed in revolutions the red range, or engine damage will occur.
per minute (rpm).
2-71

Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on
when you are driving, orwhen one of the gages shows
This part describes the warning lights and gages that there may be a problem, check the section that tells you
may be on your vehicle. The pictures will help you what to do about it. Please follow this manual's advice.
locate them. Waiting to do repairs can be costly -- and even
Warning lights and gages can signal that something is dangerous. So please get to know your warning lights
wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an and gages. They're a big help.
expensive repair or replacement.Paying attention to
your warning lights and gages could also save you or Safety Belt Reminder Light
others from injury. When the key is turned to RUN or START. a tone will
Warning lights come on when there may be or is a come on for about eight seconds to remind people to
problem with one of your vehicle's functions. As you fasten their safety belts, unless the driver's safety belt is
will see in the details on the next few pages. some already buckled.
warning lights come on briefly when you start the The safety belt light will
engine just to let you know they're workinz. If you are also come on and stay on
familiar with this section, you should not be alarmed for about 20 seconds.
when this happens. then it will flash for about
Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem 55 seconds. If the driver's
with one of your vehicle's functions. Often gages and belt is already buckled,
warning lights work together to let you know when neither the tone nor the
there's a problem with your vehicle. light will come on.
2-72

Air Bag Readiness Light The air bag readiness light should flash for a few
seconds when you turn the ignition key to RUN. If the
There is an air bag readiness light on the instrument light doesn’t corne on then, have it fixed so it will be
panel, which shows AIR BAG. The system checks the ready to warn you if there is a problem.
air bag’s electrical system for malfunctions. The light
tells you if there is an electrical problem. The system Charging System IndicatorLight
check includes the air bag sensors, the air bag module,
the wiring and the diagnostic module. For more ~ The charging system light
information on the air bag system, see ‘*AirBag” in ~ will come on briefly when
the Index. you turn on the ignition,
but the engine is not
This light will come on II.. running, as a check to
when you start your engine, show you it is working.
and it will flash for a few
seconds. Then the light
AIR should go out. This means
the system is ready.
BAG
It should go out once the engine is running. If it stays
on, or comes on while you are driving, you may have
a problem with the charging system. It could indicate
that you have problems with a generator drivebelt, or
If the air bag readiness light stays on after you start the another electrical problem. Have it checked right away.
engine or comes on when you are driving, your air bag Driving while this light is on could drain your battery.
system may not work properly. Have your vehicle
serviced right away. If you must drive a short distance with the light on, be
certain to turn off all your accessories, such as the radio
and air conditioner.
2-73

Voltmeter Gage Readings in the low warning zone may occur when a
large number of electrical accessories are operating in
When your engine is not the vehicle and the engine is left at an idle for an
running, but the ignition is extended period. This condition is normal since the
on (in the RUN position). charging system is not able to provide full power at
this gage shows your engine idle. As engine speeds are increased. this
battery’s state of charge in condition should correctitself as higher engine speeds
DC volts. allow the charging system to create maximum power.
(J VOLTS YOLIcan only drive fora short time with the reading in
either warning zone. If you must drive. turn off all
unnecessary accessories.
Readings in either warning zone indicate a possible
When the engine is running. the gage shows the problem in the electrical system. Have the vehicle
condition of the charging system. Readings between the serviced as soon as possible.
low and high warning zones indicate the normal
operating range.
2-74

Brake System Warning Light
Your vehicle’s hydraulic brake system is divided into
two parts. If one part isn’t working, the other part can
I A CAUTION:
I 1
still work and stop you. For good braking, though,you Your brake system may not be working properly
need both parts working well. if the brake system warning light is on. Driving
If the warning light comes on, there could be a brake ~ with the brake system warning light on can lead
problem. Have your brake system inspected right away. to an accident. If the light is still on after you’ve
pulled off the road and stopped carefully, have
1
This light should come on the vehicle towedfor service.
briefly when you turn the
ignition key to RUN. If it
BRAKE doesn‘t come on then, When the ignition is on. the brake system warning light
(a(
)0) have it fixed so it will be
20;1:, if
will also come on when you set your parking brake.The
light will stay on if your parking brake doesn’trelease
fully. If it stays on after your parking brake is fully
released, it means you have a brake problem.
If the light comes on while you are driving, pull off the
road and stop carefully. You may notice that the pedal is
harder to push. Or, the pedal may go closer to the floor.
It may take longer to stop. if the light is still on, have the
vehicle towed for service. (See ”Towing Your Vehicle”
in the Index.)
2-75

Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light Engine Coolant TemperatureGage
With the anti-lock brake This gage shows the engine
system, this light will come coolant temperature. If the
on when you start your gage pointer moves into
ANTI - LOCK engine and may stay the red area, your engine
on for several seconds. 260 is too hot!
That's normal.
If the light stays on. or comes on when you're driving, lt means that your engine coolant has overheated. If you
your irehick needs service. If the regular brake system have been operating your vehicle under normal driving
warning light isn't on. you still have brakes. but you conditions. you should pull off the road. stop your
don't have anti-lock brakes. If the regular brake system vehicle and turn off the engine as soon as possible.
warning light is also on. you don't have anti-lock brakes In "Problems on the Road." this manual show you what
and there's ;I problern with your regular brakes. See to do. See "Engine Overheating" in the Index.
"B1-akc. Svstcm LVmling Light" earlier in this section.
The anti-lock brakc. s>.4temwarning light should come
on briet'ly n.hct1 ~ . o tu u r n the ignition key to RUN. If the
light doesn't co1nc3011 111cn. have it fixed so it will be
ready t o w;m U)LI it' thew is a problem.
2-76

Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Service Engine SoonLight) NOTICE:
1
Your vehicle is equipped If you keep driving your vehicle withthis light
with a computer which on, after a while, your emission controls may not
monitors operation of the work as well, your fuel economy may not beas
fuel, ignition andemission
SERVICE control systems.
good and yourengine may not run as smoothly.
ENGINE This could lead to costly repairs that may not be
covered by your warranty.
SOON
This light should come on, as a check to show you it is
working, when the ignition is on and the engine is not
running. If the light doesn't comeon, have it repaired.
This system is called OBD I1 (On-Board This light will also come on during a malfunction in one
Diagnostics-Second Generation) and is intended to of two ways:
assure that emissions are at acceptable levels for 0 Light Flashing -- A misfire condition has been
the life of the vehicle. helping to produce a cleaner detected. A misfire increases vehicle emissionsand
environment. ( I n Canada. OBD 11 is replaced by may damage the emission control system on your
Enhanced Diqnohtics. The SERVICE ENGINE SOON vehicle. Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis
light co111eson t o indicate that there is a problem and and service is required.
service is rquired. X,l;df'unctions often will be indicated
by the system bciore a n y problem is apparent. This may 0 Light On Steady -- An emission control system
prevent mort' serious damage to your vehicle. This malfunction has been detected on your vehicle.
system is also t1csignt.d t o assist your service technician Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis and
in correctly diagnosing any malfunction. service may be required.
2-77

If the Light Is Flashing cap has been left off or improperly installed. A loose or
The following may prevent more serious damage to missing fuel cap will allow fuel to evaporate into the
your vehicle: atmosphere. A few driving trips with the cap properly
installed should turn the light off.
0 Reducing vehicle speed.
Did you just drive through a deep puddle of water'?
0 Avoiding hard accelerations.
I f so. your electrical system may be wet. The condition
Avoiding steep uphill grades. will usually be corrected when the electrical system
If you are towing a trailer. reduce the amount of dries out. A few driving trips should turn the light off.
cargo being hauled as soon as it is possible.
Have you recently changed brands of fuel?
If the light stops trashing and remains on steady. see "If
the Light Is On Steady" following. I f so. be sure t o fuel your vehicle with quality fuel (see
"Fuel" i n the Index). Poor fuel quality will cause your
If the light continues to flash, when it is safe t o do so. engine not to run as efficiently as designed.You may
stop the lyehiclc. Find a safe place to park your vehicle. notice this as stalling after start-up. stalling when you put
Turn the key off, wait at least 10 seconds and restart the the vehicle into gear, misfiring, hesitation on acceleration
engine. If the light remains on steady. see "If the Light or stumbling on acceleration. (These conditions may go
Is On Steady" following. If the light is still flashing, away once the engine is warmed up.) This will be detected
follow the previous steps. and drive the vehicle to your by the system and cause the light to turn on.
dealer or qualified service center for service.
If you experience one ormore of these conditions.
If the Light Is On Steady change the fuel brand y o u use. It w i l l require at least one
full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off.
You may be able to correct the emission system
malfunction by considering the following: tr none of the above steps have made the light turn off,
Did you recently put fuel into your vehicle'? have your ciealer or qualified service centercheck the
vehicle. Your dealer has the proper test equipment and
If so, reinstall the fuel cap. making sure to f u l l y install diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical
the cap. The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel problems that may have developed.
2-78

Engine Oil Pressure Gage
The oil pressure gage shows
A CAUTION:
the engine oil pressure in
psi (pounds per square inch) Don't keep drivingif the oil pressure is low. If
when the engine is running. you do, your engine can become so hot that it
catches fire.You or others couldbe burned.
011 0- Check youroil as soon as possible and have your

vehicle serviced.
Canadian vehicles indicate pressurein kPa (kilopascals). NOTICE:

Oil pressure may vary with engine speed, outside Damage to your engine from neglected
oil
temperature and oil viscosity, but readings above the problems can be costly and is not covered
by
low pressure zone indicate the normal operating range.
your warranty.
A reading in the low pressure zone may be caused by a
dangerously low oil level or other ~roblemscausing low
oil pressure.
2-79

-w
Shift Light Check Gages Light

You have the shift light
/ f l s 1 The CHECK GAGES light
if you have a manual will come on briefly when
transmission. This light you are starting the engine. :
. ,,..
comes on very briefly as a ,.*
..3
CHECK
i
bulb check whenyou start

the engine. Shiftingwhen
the indicator lightis on will
GAGES
help you get the best fuel
economy. See "Shift Light"
in the Index. I
-_. .
1
I . .
'd 8.
Daytime Running Lamps Indicator Light If the light comes on and stayson while you are driving,
check your coolant temperature and engine oil pressure
This light is on the gages to see if they are in the warning zones.
instrument panel. It goes on ' , .;i ., -.
whenever the DRL are on,
the ignition is on,.the 1; "j
headlamp switch is off ..

. I .
....
and the parking brake is
released.
2-80

Gate Ajar Light Fuel Gage
This light will come on When the ignition is on,
briefly when you are the fuel gage tells you
starting the engine. If it about how much fuel you
stays on. your liftgate is have remaining.
GATE ajar. Try closing the liftgate
again. Never drive with the
AJAR liftgate even partially open.
Here are four thingsthat some owners ask about. None

of these show aproblem with your fuel gage:
At the gas stsiion, the g a rump shuts off before the
gage reads FULL (Fj.
It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gage
indicated. For example, the gage may have indicated
the tank was half full, but it actually took a little more
or less than half the tank’s capacity tofill the tank.
The gage moves a little when you turn a corner or
speed up.
The gage doesn’t go back to EMPTY (E) when you
turn off the ignition.
2-81

.@% NOTES
2-82

Section 3 Comfort Controls and AudioSystems
In this section, you'll find out how to operate the comfort control and audio systems offered with your vehicle. Be
sure to read about the particular systems supplied with your vehicle.
3-2 Comfort Controls 3-8 AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player
3-2 Climate Control System (If Equipped)
3-3 Air Conditioning 3- 10 AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player
3-3 Heating and Equalizer (If Equipped)
3-4 Ventilation System 3- 13 AM-FM Stereo with Compact Disc Player
3-5 Defogging and Defrosting and Automatic Tone Control (If Equipped)
3-5 Rear Window Defogger (Option) 3-17 Theft-Deterrent Feature
3 -6 Audio Systems 3- 19 Understanding Radio Reception
3-6 Setting the Clock 3- 19 Tips About Your Audio System
3-6 Setting the Clock for AM-FM Stereo 3-20 Care of Your Cassette Tape Player
with Compact Disc Player and Automatic 3-2 1 Care of Your Compact Discs
Tone Control 3-2 1 Fixed Mast Antenna
3-6 AM-FM Stereo

Comfort Controls Temperature Knob
With this system. you can control the heating. cooling The upper knob regulates the temperature of the air
and ventilation in your vehicle. coming through the system. Turn the knob clockwise
for w r n w air, Turn the knob co~~nterclockwisefor
Climate Control System cooler air.
Mode Knob
The lower knob allows you to choose the direction of
$8 a i r delivery.
hl
OFF: This setting turns the system off. Some outside air
will still enter the vehicle whenever the vehicle is
moving fot-w;lrd.
OF XlAX A/C: This setting provides maximuM cooling
with the least amount of work. MAX A/C recirculates
1 much o f the air inside your vehicle s o it cools quickly.

N C : This settins cools the air entering your vehicle and
directs it 1111-oughthe instrument panel outlets.
+e
Fan Control .)/J BI-LEVEL A/C: Air is delivered through the
heater 11oor outlets a s well as the instrument panel outlets.
The switch with the fan symbol changes the fan speed. +e
To increase the fiu1 speed. move the switch upward /J VENT: This setting directs airflow through the
toward HI. To decrease the fan speed, move the switch instrument panel outlets. The air conditioning
downward toward LO. conlpressor is not working when VENT is selected.
3-2

0
On cool but sunny days, use BI-LEVEL A/C to deliver
+
HEATER: ’
This setting directs warmed air through warm air to the floor and cooler air to the instrument
the heater floor outletsand windshield defroster outlets. panel outlets.
w. When the air conditioner is on, you may sometimes
‘H BLEND: Airflow is divided equally between the
notice slight changes in your vehicle‘s engine speed and
heater floor outletand the windshield defroster outlets.
power. This is normal because the system is designed
DEFROST This setting directsmost air through to cycle the compressor on and off to keep the
the windshield defroster outletsand some through the desired temperature.
heater outlets.
Heating
Air Conditioning The heater works best if you keep your windows closed
On hot days, open the windows long enough to let hot while using it. On cold days, use HEATER with the
inside air escape. This reducesthe time it takes for your temperature knob turned clockwise. BLEND is useful in
vehicle to cool down. Then keep your windows closed cool weather when you have fog or ice on the
for the air conditionerto work its best. windshield or side windows.
For quick cool-down on very hot days, use MAX A/C If you use the optional engine coolant heater before
with the temperature knob turned counterclockwise. starting your engine, yourheating system will produce
This setting should be used to keep odors and/or dust warmer air faster to heat the passenger compartment in
from entering the vehicle. For normal cooling on cold weather. See “Engine Coolant Heater” in the Index.
hot days, use A/C with the temperature knob
turned counterclockwise.
3-3

Ventilation System You can move the outlets t o direct the flow o f air, or
close the outlets altogether. When you close an outlet. it
ror mild outside temperatures when little heating or will increase the flow o f air coming out of m y outIets
cooling is needed. use VENT to direct outside air that are open.
through your vehicle. Airtlow is through the instrument
panel outlets. Ventilation Tips
Your vehicle's ventilation system supplies outside air- to 0
the inside of yo11r vehicle when it is moving. When the
vehicle is not moving. you can get outside a i r to flow
through by selecting any mode and any fan speed.
0
You will find air outlets i n the center and on the sides o f
your instrument panel.

Defogging and Defrosting window of as much snow or ice as possible before using
the rear window defogger.
On cool, humid days. use BLEND to keep the
windshield and side windows clear. To turn on the rear window defogger. find the switch
marked REAR DEFOG on your instrument panel below
Use DEFROST to remove fog or ice from the the headlamp switch. Press ON until the light in the
windshield quickly in extreme humid or cold conditions. switch comes on,then release it. it will only work if the
Turn the temperature knob clockwise and move the fan ignition switch is turned to RUN.
control toward HI.
The rear window defogger will stay on for five to seven
Rear Window Defogger (Option) minutes, then turn off. If you need additional warming
time, turn it on again. You can turn the defogger off at
any time by pressing OFF.
Do not attach a temporary vehicle license. tape or decals
across the defogger grid on the rear window.
1 NOTICE:
Don’t use a razor blade or something else sharp
on the inside of the rear window. If you do, you
could cut or damage the warming grid, and the
repairs wouldn’t be covered by your warranty.
I f your vehicle has this option, the rear window will

have lines that warm the glass. For best results. clear the
3-5

Audio Systems AM-FM Stereo
Your Delco" audio system has been designed t o operate
easily and give years of listening pleasure. You w i l l yet t "
the most etl-joyment out of it if ~ O Lacq~laint

I yo~~t-self
with it first. Find out what yo11rDelco system can do
and how to operate a l l its controls. to be sure you're
Oettins the most outof the advanced engineering that
2
went into it.
Playing the Radio

Setting the Clock for ANI-FM Stereo
with Compact Disc Player and Automatic
Tone Control

Finding a Station In addition to the four stations already set. up to three
more stations may be preset on each band by pressing
AM-FM: Press the lower knob to switch between AM
two adjoining buttons at the same time. Just:
and FM. The display shows your selection.
1. Tune in the desired station.
TUNE: Turn the lower knob to tune in radio stations.
2. Press SET. (SET will appear on the display.)
SEEK: Press this button to go to the next higher station
and stop. 3. Press two adjoining pushbuttons at the same time,
within five seconds. Whenever you press the same
SCAN: Press this button to listen to each station for a
few seconds. The radio will go to the next station, stop two buttons, the station you set will return.
for a few seconds, then go to the next station. SCAN 4. Repeat the steps for each pair of pushbuttons.
will appear on the display. Press SCAN again to
stop scanning. Setting the Tone
PUSHBUTTONS: The four numbered pushbuttons let BASS: Slide this lever up or down to increase or
you t-cturn to your favorite stations. You can set LIPto decrease bass.
lit stations (seven AM and seven FM). Just: TREBLE: Slide this lever up or down to increase or
decrease treble. If a station is weak or noisy. you may
want to decrease the treble.
Adjusting the Speakers

4. Press S E T . ( S E T \vi11 appear on the display.j BAL: Turn the control behind the upper knob to move
the sound to the left or right speakers. The middle
position balances the sound between the speakers.
FADE: Turn the control behind the lower knob to move
the sound to the front or rear speakers. The middle
3-7

AM-FNI Stereo with Cassette Tape Player Finding a Station
(If Equipped) AM-FM: Press the lower knob to switch between AM
and FM. The display sl~owsyour selection.
TUNE: Turn the lower knob to tune i n radio stations.
SEEK: Press this button t o go to the next higher station
and stay there.
few seconds. The radio will go to the next station. stop
f o r a few seconds. then go to the next station. SCAN
w i l l appear on the display. Press SCAN again to
stop scanning.
Playing the Radio

PWR-VOL: This knob turns the system on and off and I . Turn the radio on.
controls the volume. To increase volume, turn the knob
clockwise. Turn i t counterclockwise to decrease volunw.
RCL: Display the time with the ignition o f f by pressing 3. Tune i n the desired station.
this knob. When the radio is playing. press this knob t o 1. Press SET, (SET will appear on the display.)
recall the station frequency.
5 . PI-cssone o f the f’our pushbuttons. within five
seconds. Whenever yo11press that numbered button.
the station \:ou set will return.
6. Repeat the steps f’or each pushbutton.
3-8

In addition to the four stations already set, up to three Playing a Cassette Tape
more stations may be preset on each band by pressing Your tape player is built to work best with tapes that are
two adjoining buttons at the same time. Just: 30 to 45 minutes long on each side. Tapes longer than
1. Tune in the desired station. that are so thin they may not work well in this player.
2 . Press SET. (SET will appear on the display.) Once the tape is playing, use the PWR-VOL, BAL and
3. Press two adjoining pushbuttons at the same time.
FADE knobs just as you do for the radio. A lighted
within five seconds. Whenever you press the same arrow will be displayed toshow tape play direction.
two buttons, the station you set will return. FORWARD: Press the arrow button in the direction that
the lighted arrow points to advance quickly to another
4. Repeat the steps for each pair of pushbuttons.
part of the tape. Press STOP-EJECT lightly to stop
Setting the Tone forwarding and play the tape.
BASS: Slide this lever up or down to increase or REVERSE: Press the arrow button i n the opposite
decrease bass. direction that the lighted arrow points to reverse quickly
to another part of the tape. Press STOP-EJECT lightly
TREBLE: Slide this lever up or down to increase or to stop reversing and play the tape.
decrease treble. I f a station is weak or noisy, you may
want to decrease the treble. PROG: Press this knob to go from one side of the tape
to the other.
Adjusting the Speakers STOP-EJECT Press this button to remove the tape or
BAL: Turn the control behind the upper knob to move stop playing the tape in order to play the radio. If you
the sound to the left or right speakers. The middle leave a cassette tape in the player while listening to the
position balances the sound between the speakers. radio, it may become warm.
FADE: Turn the control behind the lower knob to move
the sound to the frontor rear speakers.The middle

AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player'*:'# AM-ST Press this button to tune an AM station that
and Equalizer(If Equipped) broadcasts in stereo. Your STEREO light will come on
when you're receiving AM stereo. If you press AM-ST
and there is no more noise, it means the station is weak.
You'll hear the station better if you do not use AM-ST.
Press the button again to turn off stereo.
Finding a Station
AM-FM: Press the lower knob to switch between AM
and FM. The display shows your selection.
TUNE: Turn the lower knob to tune in radio stations.
SEEK: Press this button to go to the next higher station
and stay there.
Playing the Radio
few seconds. The radio will go to the next station, stop
PWR-VOL: This knob turns the system on and off and for a few seconds, then go to the next station. SCAN
controls the volume. To increase volume, turn the knob will appear on the display. Press SCAN again to
clockwise. Turn it counterclockwise to decrease volume. stop scanning.
RCL: Display the time with the ignition off by pressing
this knob. When the radio is playing, pressthis knob to
recall station frequency.
' , I
: i
-.,
3-10

PUSHBUTTONS: The four numbered pushbuttons let Setting the Tone
you return to your favorite stations. You can set up to TONE ADJUSTMENT: Set the bass, midrange and
14 stations (seven AM and seven FM). Just: treble by using the levers in the upper middle left corner
1 . TLII-II
the radio on. ' to get the sound you want. The 60 and 250 levers adjust
the bass, 1 K is midrange, and the levers 3.5K and 10K
2. Press AM-FM to select the band.
control the treble.
3. Tune in the desired station.
We suggest you start with 1 K i n the midpoint position.
4. Press SET. (SET will appear on the display.) Then move the other levers up until you get the amount
5. Press one of the four pushbuttons. within five of bass and treble you like.
seconds. Whenever you press that numbered button, Adjusting the Speakers
the station you set will return.
BAL: Turn the control behind the upper knob to move
6. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton. the sound to the left or right speakers. The middle
In addition to the four stations already set. up to three position balances the sound between the speakers.
more stations may be preset on each band by pressing FADE: Turn the control behind the lower knob to move
two adjoining buttons at the same time. Just: the sound to the front or rear speakers. The middle
I. Tune in the desired station. position balances the sound between the speakers.
2. Press SET. (SET will appear on the display.)
3. Press two adjoining pushbuttons at the same time.
within five seconds. Whenever you press the same
two buttons, the station you set will return.
4. Repeat the steps for each pair of pushbuttons.
3-11

Playing a Cassette Tape CrO2:This button lets you set the system for the type of
Your tape player is built to work best with tapes that are cassette being used. If you are using chrome or metal
30 to 45 minutes long on each side. Tapes longer than tapes. press the button in.
that are so thin they may not work well in this player. PROG: Press this knob to go from one side o f the tape
Once the tape is playing, use the PWR-VOL. BAL and to the other.
FADE knobs just as you do for the radio. A lighted STOP-EJECT Press this button to remove the tape or
arrow will be'displayed to show tape play direction. stop playing the tape i n order to play the radio. If you
REVERSE: Press the arrow button i n the opposite leave a cassette tape i n the player while listening t o the
direction that the lighted arrow points t o reverse quickly radio. it may become warm.
to another part of the tape. Press STOP-EJECT lightly Your Delco system may be able to receive C-QljAM"
to stop reversing and play the tape. stereo broadcasts. Many AM stations around the country
FORWARD: Press the arrow button i n the direction that use C-QUAM to produce stereo although some do
not. C-QUAM is a registered trademark of ,Motorola,
the lilhted arrow points t o advance quickly to another
part o f the tape. Press STOP-EJECT lightly to stop Inc. If vour Delco system can get C-QUAM signals,
forwarding and play the tape. your STEREO light will come on when you are
receiving stereo.
SEARCH: Press this button to the recessed position.
Press the lighted mow to skip to the next selection. Press
the opposite direction an-ow that is n o t lighted to replay
the current selection or skip to the previous selection.
3-12

AM-FM Stereo with Compact Disc Player and wind noise as you drive. Set the volume at the
and Automatic Tone Control (If Equipped) desired level. Move the control ring behind the upper
knob clockwise to adjust the SCV. Then, as you drive,
SCV automatically increases the volume, as necessary.
to overcome noise at any particuiar speed. The volume
level shouId always sound the same to you as you drive.
I f you don't want to use SCV. turn the control all the
way down. Each detent on the control ring allows for
more volume compensation at a faster rate of speed.
Finding a Station
AM-FM: Press this button to switch between AM, FM 1
and FM2. The display will show your selection.
TUNE: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn it to
choose radio stations. Push the knob back into its stored
Playing the Radio
position when you're not using it.
PWR-VOL: Press this knob to turn the system on and
off. To increase volume, turn the knob clockwise. Turn SEEK: Press the right m o w to tune to the next higher
it counterclockwise to decrease volume. The knob is
station and the left amow to tune to the next lower station
and stay there. The sound w i l l mute while seeking.
capable of rotating continuously.
SCAN: Press and hold SEEK for two seconds m t i l
RECALL: Display the time with the ignition off by
SCAN appears o n the display. SCAN allows you to
pressing this button. When the radio is playing, press
this button to recall the station frequency. listen to stations for a few seconds. The receiver will
continue to scan and monxntarily stop at each station
SCV Your system has a feature called until you press the button again. The sound will mute
Speed-Compensated-Volume (SCVj. With SCV, your while scanning.
audio system adjusts autornatically to make up for- road
3-13

PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons let P.SCAN: The preset scan button lets you scan through
you return to your favorite stations. You can set up to your favorite stations stored on your pushbuttons. Select
18 stations (six AM. six FM 1 and six FM2). Just: either the AM. FM 1 or FM2 mode and then press
P.SCAN. It will scan through each station stored on your
1 . Turn the radio on.
pushbuttons and stop for a few seconds before
?
-. Press AM-FM t o select the band. continuing to scan through all of the pushbuttons. Press
3. Tune i n the desired station. P.SCAN again or one of the pushbuttons to stop
scanning to listen to ;1 specific stored station. P.SCAN
4. Press AUTO TONE to select the setting yo^^ prefer. w i l l light up on the display while in this mode. I f one of
5 . Press and hold one of the four pushbuttons. The the stations stored on a pushbutton is too weak for the
sound will mute. When it returns. release the button location you are i n , the radio will skip the preset station
Whenever you press that numbered button. the and the radio display will show the channel number
station you set will return and the tone you selected (P1 through P6) for several seconds before advancing to
will be automatically selected for that button. the next preset station.
6. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.
3-14

Setting the Tone Adjusting the Speakers
BASS: Press lightly on this knob to release it froln its BAL: Press lightly on this knob to release it from its
stored position. Turn the knob clockwise to increase stored position. Turn the control clockwise to adjust
bass and counterclockwise t o decrease bass. When the sound to the right speakers and counterclockwise to
BASS control is rotated, the AUTO TONE setting will adjust sound to the left speakers. The middle position
change to MAN. balances the sound between the speakers.
TREB: Press lightly on this knob to release it from its FADE: Press lightly on this knob to release it from its
stored position. Turn the knob clockwise to increase stored position. Turn the control clockwise to adjust the
treble and counterclockwise to decrease treble. When sound to the front and counterclockwise for the rear
the TREB control is rotated, the AUTO TONE setting speakers. The middle position balances the sound
will change to MAN. If a station is weak or noisy. you between the speakers.
may want to decrease the treble. Push these knobs back into their stored positions when
Push these knobs back into their stored positions when you’re not using them.
you’re not using them.
Playing a Compact Disc
AUTO TONE: Press this button to select among the
five preset equalization settings and tailor the sound to PWR: Press this knob to turn the system on.
the music or voice being heard. Each time you press the (Please note that you can also turn the system on when
button, the selection will switch to one of the preset you insert a compact disc into the player with the
settings of CLASSIC, NEWS. ROCK. POP or JAZZ. ignition on.)
The display will show which mode the receiver is in. To Insert a disc partway into the slot. label side LIP.The
return to the manual mode, press and release this button player will pull it in. Wait a few seconds and the disc
until MAN appears on the display. This will return the should play. CD and a CD symbol will also appear on
tone adjustment to the BASS and TREB controls. If a the display. Anytime you are playing a CD. the letters
BASS or TREB control is rotated, the AUTO TONE CD will be next to the CD symbol.
setting will change to MAN.

REV (43: Press and ho16 REV to return rapidly t o a
favorite passage. YCXIwill hear the disc selection pIay at
high speed while you press the REV button. This allows
y o u to listen and find out when the disc is at the desired
selection. Release REV to resum playing.
FWD (6): Press and hold this butron to advance rapidly
within a track. You will hear the disc selection play at
high speed while YCNI press the FWD button. This allows
you to listen and find out when the disc is at the desired
selection. Release FWD to resume playing.
AM-FM: While i n the CD mode. press this burton to
stop playing the CD and play the radio, The CD symbol
w i l l still display but the word CD will be replaced with
either A M . FM I or FM2. (If the radio is turned off, the
disc stays i n the player and w i l l res~~rne
playing at the
point where it stopped.)
KECALI,: Press this button to see what track is playing.
Press it again within five seconds t o se.e how long the
CD has been playing that track. Elapsed titne is
displayed in minutes and tenths o f a second. The track
number will also appear when ;Inew track begins to
play. Press RECALL again to return to the time display.
3-16

CD AUX: To switch between the player and the radio Theft-Deterrent Feature
when a disc is playing, press the AM-FM button. To
return to the player, press CD AUX. When a disc is THEFTLOCK” is designed to discourage theftof your
playing, the letters CD and the CD symbol will appear radio. It works by using a secret code to disable all radio
on the display. ( I f the radio is turned off, the disc stays functions whenever battery power is removed.
in the player and will resume playing at the point where The THEFTLOCK feature for the radio may be used or
it stopped.) ignored. If ignored, the system plays normally and the
EJECT: Press this button to eject the disc from the radio is not protected by the feature. If THEFTLOCK is
player and play the radio. activated, your radio will not operate if stolen.
When the same ora new disc is inserted, the disc wilI When THEFTLOCK is activated, the radio will display
start playing on track one. If a compact disc is left LOC to indicate a locked condition anytimebattery
sitting in the opening for more than a few seconds, the power is removed. If your battery loses power forany
player will pull the CD back in. The radio will continue reason, you must unlock the radio with the secret code
playing. When the ignition is off, press this button to before it will operate.
load a CD. If you leave a compact disc in the player Activating the Theft-Deterrent Feature
while listening to the radio. it may become warm.
The instructions which follow explain how to enter your
secret code to activatethe THEFTLOCK system. It is
recommended that you read through all nine steps
before starting the procedure.
NOTE: If you allow more than 15 seconds to elapse
between any steps, the radio automatically revertsto
time and you must start the procedure over at Step4.
3-17

I . Write down any three or four-digit number from Unlocking the Theft-Deterrent Feature After a
000 to 1999 and keep it i n a safe place separate from Power Loss
the vehicle.
Enter your secret code as follows: pause n o more than
2. Turn the isnition to ACCESSORY or R U N . I5 seconds between steps:
3. Turn the radio off. 1. LOC appears when the ignition is o n .
4. Press the 1 and 4 buttons together. Hold thcm dow~l 2. Press M N and 000 cvill appear on the display.
until --- shows on the display. Next yo11 will use the
3. Press M N again to lnake the last two digits agree
secret code number which you have written down.
with your code.
5 . Press M N and 000 will appear o n the display.
4. Press HR to make the first one or two digits agree
6. Press M N again to make the last two digits agree w i t h your code.
w i t h your code.
5 . Press AM-FM after you have confirmed that the
7. Press HR t o 111akethe first one or two digits agree code matches the secret code ~ O L I have written down
with your code. The display will show SEC, indicating the radio is
8. Press AM-FM after- you have confirmed that the now operable and secure.
code matches the secret code you ha\;e written down. If ~ O L I enter the wrong code eight times, INOP w i l l
The display will show REP to Ict you know that you appear on the display. You will have to wait an hour
need t o repeat Steps 5 through 7 t o confirm your with the ignition o n before yo11 can try a p i n . When you
secret code. try asain. you w i l l only have three chances to enter the
correct code before lNOP appears.
I f you lose or forger your code. contact your dealer.
3-18

Disabling the Theft-Deterrent Feature To unlock a secured radio, see “Unlocking the
Theft-Deterrent Feature After a Power Loss” earlier in
Enter your secret code asfollows; pause no more than
this section.
15 seconds between steps:
1. Turn the ignition to ACCESSORY or RUN. Understanding Radio Reception
2. Turn the radio off. FM Stereo
3. Press the 1 and 4 buttons together. Hold them down FM stereo will give you the best sound. But FM signals
until SEC shows on the display. will reach only about 10 to 40 miles (16 to 65 km). Tall
4. Press MN and 000 will appear on the display. buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals, causing
the sound to come and go.
5 . Press MN again to make the last two digits agree
with your code. AM
6. Press HR to make the first one or two digits agree The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM,
with your code. especially at night. The longer range, however, can
7. Press AM-FM after you have confirmed that the cause stations to interfere with each other. AM can pick
code matches the secret code you have written down. up noise from things like storms and power lines. Try
The display will show ---,indicating that the radio is reducing the treble to reduce this noise if you ever get it.
no longer secured.
Tips About Your Audio System
If the code entered is incorrect, SEC will appear on the
display. The radio will remain secured until the correct Hearing damage from loud noise is almost undetectable
code is entered. until it is too late. Your hearing can adaptto higher
volumes of sound. Sound that seemsnormal can be loud
When battery power is removed and laterapplied to a and harmful to your hearing. Take precautions by
secured radio, the radio won’t turn on and LOC will adjusting the volume control on your radio to a safe
appear on the display. sound level before your hearing adapts to it.
3-19

To help avoid hearingloss or damage: Care of Your Cassette Tape Player
Adjust the volume control to the lowest setting. A tape player that is not cleaned regularly can cause
Increase volume slowly until you hear comfortably reduced sound quality, ruined cassettes or a damaged
and clearly. mechanism. Cassette tapes shouldbe stored in their
cases away from contaminants, directsunlight and
1 NOTICE: extreme heat. If they aren’t, they may not operate

properly or may cause failure of the tape player.
Your tape player should be cleaned regularly after every
Before you add any sound equipment to your 50 hours of use. If you notice a reduction in sound
--
vehicle like a tape player, CB radio, mobile quality, try a known good cassette to see if it is the tape
--
telephone or two-way radio be sure you can add or the tape player at fault. If this other cassette has no
improvement in sound quality, clean the tape player.
what you want. If you can, it’s very important to do
it properly. Added sound equipment may interfere Cleaning may be done with a scrubbing action,
with the operation of your vehicle’s engine, Delco non-abrasive cleaning cassettewith pads which scrub
radio or othersystems, and even damage them. the tape head as the hubs of the cleaner cassette turn. I t
Your vehicle’s systems may interfere with the is normal for the cassetteto eject while cleaning. Insert
operation of sound equipment that has been the cassette at least three times to ensurethorough
added improperly cleaning. A scrubbing action cleaningcassette is
available through your GM dealership.
So, hefore adding sound equipment, check with
your dealer and t w sure tocheck Federal rules
covering mobile radio and telephone units.
3-20

You may also choose a non-scrubbing action, wet-type Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling
cleaner which uses a cassette with a fabric belt to clean discs. Pick up discs by grasping the outer edges or the
the tape head. This type of cleaning cassette will not edge of the hole and the outer edge.
eject and, it may not clean as thoroughly as the
scrubbing type cleaner. Fixed Mast Antenna
Cassettes are subject to wear and the sound quality The fixed mast antenna can withstand most car washes
may degrade over time. Always make sure the cassette without being damaged. If the mast should ever become
tape is in good condition before you have your tape slightly bent, you can straighten it out by hand. If the
player serviced. mast is badly bent, as it might be by vandals, you should
replace it.
Care of Your Compact Discs Check every once in a while to be sure the mast is still
Handle discs carefully. Store them in their original cases tightened to the fender.
or other protective cases andaway from direct sunlight
and dust. If the surface of a disc is soiled, dampen a
clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral detergent solution and
clean it, wiping from the center to the edge.
3-21

3-22

Section 4 Your Driving and the Road
Here you’ll find information about driving on different kinds of roads and in varying weather conditions. We’ve also
included many other useful tips on driving.
4- 2 Defensive Driving 4-34 Before Leaving on a Long Trip

4-3 Drunken Driving 4-35 Highway Hypnosis
4-6 Control of a Vehicle 4-35 Hill and Mountain Roads
4-6 Braking 4-37 Winter Driving
4-9 Steering 4-4 1 Recreational Vehicle Towing
4-1 1 Off-Road Recovery (Four-wheel Drive with the
4- 12 Passing Manual Shift TransferCase Only)
4-13 Loss of Control 4-42 Recreational Vehicle Towing (Except
4- 14 Driving Guidelines Four-wheel Drive with the Manual Shift
4-28 Driving at Night Transfer Case)
4-29 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads 4-42 Loading Your Vehicle
4-32 City Driving 4-45 Towing a Trailer
4-33 Freeway Driving
4- 1

Defensive Driving
The best advice anyone cangive about driving is:
Drive defensively.
Please start with a very important safety device in your
vehicle: Buckle LIP. (See"Safety Belts" in the Index.)
Defensive driving really means "be ready for anything."
On city streets, rural roads or freeways. it nleans
"always expect the unexpected."
Assume that pedestrians or other drivers are going to be
careless and make mistakes. Anticipate what they might
do. Be ready for their mistakes.
Rear-end collisions are about the most preventable o f
accidents. Yet they are common. Allow enough
follonring distance. It's the best defensive driving
mmeuver. i n both city and rural driving. You never
know when the vehicle in front of you is going to brake
or t u r n suddenly.
4-2

Drunken Driving The obvious way to solve this highway safety problem
is for people never to drink alcoholand then drive. But
Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is what if people do? How much is “too much” if the
a national tragedy. It’s the number one contributorto the driver plans to drive? It’s a lot less than many might
highway death toll, claiming thousands of victims think. Although it depends on each person and situation,
every year. here is some general informationon the problem.
Alcohol affects four thingsthat anyone needs to drive The Blood Alcohol Concentration (BAC)of someone
a vehicle: who is drinking depends upon four things:
0 Judgment The amount of alcohol consumed
0 Muscular Coordination 0 The drinker’s body weight
0 Vision 0 The amount of food that is consumed before and
0 Attentiveness. during drinking
Police records show that almost half of all motor 0 The length of time it has taken the drinker to
vehicle-related deaths involve alcohol.In most cases, consume the alcohol.
these deaths arethe result of someone who was drinking According to the American Medical Association, a
and driving. In recent years, some 17,000 annual motor 180-lb. (82 kg) person who drinks three 12-ounce
vehicle-related deaths have been associated with the use (355 ml) bottles of beer in an hour will end up with a
of alcohol, with more than 300,000 people injured. BAC of about 0.06 percent. The person would reach the
Many adults -- by some estimates, nearly half the adult same BAC by drinking three 4-ounce ( 120 ml) glasses
population -- choose never to drink alcohol,so they of wine or three mixed drinks if each had 1- 1/2 ounces
never drive after drinking. For personsunder 2 1, it’s (45 ml) of a liquor like whiskey, gin or vodka.
against the law in every U.S. state to drink alcohol.
There are good medical, psychologicaland
developmental reasons for these laws.
4-3

Since alcohol is carried in body water. this means that a
woman generally will reach a higher BAC level than a
man of her same body weight when each has the same
number of drinks.
The law in many U.S. states sets the legal limit at a BAC
of 0.10 percent. In a growing number of U.S. states. and
throughout Canada. the limit is 0.08 percent. In some
other countries. it's even lower. The BAC limit for all
comnlercial drivers i n the United States is 0.04 percent.
The BAC will be over 0.10 percent after three to six
drinks (in one hour). Of course. as we've seen. it
depends on how much alcohol is in the drinks. and how
quickly the person drinks them.
But the ability to drive is affected well below a BAC of
0.10 percent. Research shows that the driving skills of
many people are impaired at a BAC approaching
It's the amount of alcohol that counts. For example. if 0.05 percent, and that the effects are worse at night. All
the same person drank three double martinis ( 3 ounces drivers are impaired at BAC levels above 0.05 percent.
or 90 In1 of liquor each) within an hour. the person's Statistics show that the chance of being in a collision
BAC would be close to 0.12 percent. A person who increases sharply for drivers who have a BAC of
consumes food just before or during drinkingw i l l have a 0.05 percent or above. A driver with a BAC level of
somewhat lower BAC level. 0.06 percent has doubled his or her chance of having a
collision. At a BAC level of 0. I O percent. the chance of
There is a gender difference. too. Women generally have this driver having a collision is 12 times greater: at a
a lower relative percentage of body water than men.
level of 0.15 percent. the chance is 35 times greater!
4-4

The body takes about an hour to rid itself of the alcohol
in one drink. No amount of coffee or number of cold
showers will speed that up. “I’ll be careful” isn’t the
right answer. What if there’s an emergency, a need to
I A CAUTION:
I
take sudden action, as when a child darts into the street’? Drinking and then drivingis very dangerous.
A person with even a moderate BAC might not be able Your reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness and
to react quickly enough to avoidthe collision. judgment can be affected b y even a small amount
There’s something else about drinkingand driving that --
of alcohol. You can have a serious or even
many people don’t know. Medical research shows that --
fatal collision if you drive afterdrinking.
alcohol in a person’s system can make crash injuries Please don’t drink and drive or ride with a driver
worse, especially injuries to the brain, spinal cord or who has been drinking. Ride homein a cab; or if
heart. This means that when anyone who has been you’re with a group, designate a driver who will
drinking -- driver or passenger-- is in a crash, that not drink.
person’s chance of being killed or permanently disabled
is higher than if the person had not been drinking.
4-5

Control of a Vehicle Braking
You have three systems that make your vehicle go where Braking action involvesperception time and
you want it to go. They are the brakes, the steering and reaction time.
the accelerator. All three systems have to do their work First, you have to decideto push on thebrake pedal.
at the places where the tires meet the road. That’s perception time. Then you have tobring up your
foot and do it. That’s reaction time.
Average reaction time is about 3/4 of a second. But
that’s only an average. It might be less with one driver
and as long as two or three seconds or more with
another. Age, physical condition, alertness, coordination
and eyesight all play a part. So do alcohol, drugs and
frustration. But even in 314 of a second, a vehicle
moving at 60 mph (100 km/h) travels 66 feet (20 m).
That could be a lot of distance in an emergency,so
keeping enough space between your vehicleand others
is important.
And, of course, actualstopping distances vary greatly
with the surface of the road (whether it’s pavement or
gravel); the condition of the road (wet, dry, icy); tire
tread; the condition of your brakes; the weight of the
vehicle and the amount of brake force applied.
Sometimes, as when you’re driving on snow or ice, it’s
easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires
and road can provide. That means you can lose control
of your vehicle.
4-6

Avoid needless heavy braking. Some people drive in Anti-Lock Brakes (ABS)
spurts -- heavy acceleration followed by heavy
braking -- rather than keeping pace with traffic. This is a Your vehicle has anti-lock brakes(ABS). ABS is an
mistake. Your brakes may not have time to cool between advanced electronic braking system that will help
hard stops. Your brakes will wear out much faster if you prevent a braking skid.
do a lot of heavy braking. If you keep pace with the When you start your engine and begin to drive away,
traffic and allow realistic following distances, you will your anti-lock brake system will check itself.You may
eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking. That means hear a momentary motor or clicking noisewhile this test
better braking and longer brake life. is going on. This is normal.
If your engine ever stops while you‘re driving, brake If there’s a problem with the
normally but don’t pump your brakes. If you do, the anti-lock brake system, this
pedal may get harder to push down. If your engine warning light will stay on.
stops, you will still have some power brake assist. But
you will use it when you brake. Once the power assist is ANTI - LOCK See “Anti-Lock Brake
System Warning Light” in
used up, it may take longer to stop and the brake pedal the Index.
will be harder to push.
- .
4-7

The anti-lock system can change the brake pressure
lister than any driver could. The computer is
programmed to make the most of available tire and
road conditions.
Here's how anti-lock works. Let's say the road is wet.

You're driving safely. Suddenly an animal jumps out i n
front of you.
You slam on the brakes. Here's what happens with ABS.
A computer senses that wheels are slowing down. I f one You can steer around the obstacle while braking hard.
of the wheels is about to stop rolling. the computer will As you brake. your computer keeps receiving updates on
separately work the brakes at each front wheel and at the wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly.
rear wheels.
4-8

Remember: Anti-lock doesn’t change the timeyou need Steering
to get your foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle in Power Steering
front of you‘ you won’t have time to apply your brakes
If you lose power steering assist because the engine
if that vehicle suddenly slowsor stops. Always leave
stops or the system is not functioning, you can steer but
enough room up ahead to stop, even thoughyou have
it will take much more effort.
anti-lock brakes.
Using Anti-Lock Steering Tips
Don’t pump the brakes. Just hold the brake pedal down Driving on Curves
and let anti-lock work for you. You may feel the brakes It’s important to take curves at a reasonable speed.
vibrate, or you may notice some noise, but this is
normal. On vehicleswith four-wheel drive, your A lot of the “driver lost control” accidents mentionedon
anti-lock brakes work at all times -- whether you are in the news happen on curves. Here’s why:
two-wheel drive or four-wheeldrive. Experienced driver or beginner, eachof us is subject to
the same laws of physics when driving on curves. The
Braking in Emergencies traction of the tires against the road surface makes it
With anti-lock, you can steer and brake at the same possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn
time. In many emergencies, steering can help you more the front wheels. If there’s no traction, inertia will keep
than even the very best braking. the vehicle going in the same direction. I f you’ve ever
tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice, you‘ll understand this.
The traction you can get in a curve depends on the
condition of your tires and the road surface, the angle at
which the curve is banked, and your speed. While you’re
in a curve, speed is the one factor you can control.
4-9

Suppose you‘re steering througha sharp curve. Then you Steering in Emergencies
suddenly accelerate. Both control systems -- steering and
acceleration -- have to do their work where the tires meet There are times when steering can be more effective
the road. Adding the sudden acceleration can demand too than braking. For example, you come over a hill and
much of those places. You can lose control. find a truck stopped in your lane, or a car suddenly pulls
out from nowhere. or a child darts out from between
What should YOLI do if this ever happens‘?Ease up on the parked cars and stops right in front of you. You can
accelerator pedal. steer the vehicle the way you want it avoid these problems by braking -- if you can stop in
to go. and slow down. time. But sometimes you can’t: there isn’t room. That’s
Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should the time for evasive action -- steering around
adjust your speed. Of course. the posted speedsare the problem.
based on good weather and road conditions. Under less Your vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like
favorable conditions you’ll want to go slower. these. First apply your brakes. (See ”Braking in
I f y o u need t o reduce your speed as you approach it Emergencies” earlier i n this section.) It is better to
curve. do it befhre you enter the curve, while your front remove as much speed as you can from a possible
wheels are straight ahead. collision. Then steer around the problem. to the left or
right depending on the space available.
Try t o adjust your speed so you can “drive” through the
CLII-ut.klaintain ;I reasonable, steady speed. Wait to
acwlcrate llntil > . o u are out of the curve. and then
accclcrate gcntlv i n t o the straightaway.
3- 1 0

Off-Road Recovery
You may find sometime that your right wheels have
dropped off the edge of a road onto the shoulderwhile
you're driving.
I OFF - ROA
An emergency like this requires close attentionand a

quick decision. If you are holding the steering wheel at v/ edge of paved surface
the recommended 9 and 3 o'clock positions, you can

turn it a tull 180 degrees very quickly without removing
either hand. Bur you hrt\*eto act fast, steer quickly,and
just a h quickly straighten the wheel once you have
avoided the ob-jcct. If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the
pavement, recovery should be fairly easy. Ease off the
The fact t h a t wch clncrgcncy situations are always accelerator and then, if there is nothing in the way, steer so
possible i h ;I good reason t o practice defensive driving at that your vehiclestraddles the edge of the pavement. You
all times and NYN satety belts properly. can turn the steering wheel up to one-quarter turn until the
right front tire contacts the pavementedge. Then turn your
steering wheel to go straight down the roadway.
4-11

Passing Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass
while you're awaiting an opportunity. For one thing,
The driver of a vehicle about to pass another on a following too closely reduces your area of vision.
two-lane highway waits for just the right moment. especially if you're following a larger vehicle.
accelerates, moves around the vehicle ahead. then goes Also, you won't have adequate space if the vehicle
back into the right lane again. A simple maneuver? ahead suddenly slows or stops.Keep back a
Not necessarily! Passing another vehicle on a two-lane reasonable distance.
highway is a potentially dangerous move, since the When it looks like a chance to pass is coming up,
passing vehicle occupies the same lane as oncoming start to accelerate but stay in the right lane and don't
traffic for several seconds. A miscalculation. an error i n get too close. Time your move so you will be
judgment. or a brief surrender to frustration or anger can increasing speed as the time comes to move into the
suddenly put the passing driver face to face with the other lane. If the way is clear to pass. you will have a
worst of all traffic accidents -- the head-on collision. "running start" that more than makes up for the
So here are some tips for passing: distance you would lose by dropping back. And if
something happens to cause you to cancel your pass.
"Drive ahead." Look down the road. to the sides and to you need only slow down and drop back again and
crossroads for situationsthat might affect your passing wait for another opportunity.
patterns. If you have any doubt whatsoever about
malung a successful pass. wait for a better time. If other cars are lined up to pass a slow vehicle, wait
your turn. But take care that someone isn't trying to
Watch for traffic signs, pavement markings and lines. pass you as you pull out to pass the slow vehicle.
If you can see a sign up ahead that might indicate a Remember to glance over your shoulder and check
tu rn or an intersection. delay your pass. A broken the blind spot.
center line usually indicates it's all right to pass
(providing the road ahead isclexj. Never cross a solid
line on your side of the lane or a double solid line.
even if the road seems empty of approaching traffic.
4-12

Check your mirrors, glance over your shoulder and Loss of Control
start your left lane change signal before moving out
of the right lane to pass. When you are far enough Let’s review what driving experts say aboutwhat
ahead of the passed vehicle to see its frontin your happens when the three control systems (brakes, steering
inside mirror, activate your rightlane change signal and accelerationj don’t have enough friction where the
and move back into the right lane. (Remember that tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked.
your right outside mirror is convex.The vehicle you In any emergency, don‘t give up. Keep tryingto steer and
just passed may seem to be farther away from you constantly seek an escape route or area of less danger.
than it really is.)
Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a time on
Skidding
two-lane roads. Reconsider before passing the In a skid, a drivercan lose control of the vehicle.
next vehicle. Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable
Don’t overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly. care suited to existing conditions, and by not
“overdriving” those conditions. But skids are
Even though the brake lamps are not flashing, it may
always possible.
be slowing down or startingto turn.
If you’re being passed, make it easy for the The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle‘s
following driver to get ahead of you. Perhaps you three control systems. In the braking skid, your wheels
can ease a little to the right. aren’t rolling. In the steering or cornering skid,too
much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and
lose cornering force. And in the acceleration skid, too
much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin.
A cornering skid and an acceleration skid are best
handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal.
4-13

If your vehicle starts to slide. ease your foot off the Driving Guidelines
accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the
vehicle to go. I f you start steering quickly enough. your This multipurpose passenger vehicle is defined asa utility
vehicle may straighten out. Always be ready for a vehicle in Consumer Information Regulations issuedby
second skid if it occurs. the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) of the United States Department of
Of course, traction is reduced when water, snow. ice. Transportation. Utility vehicles have higher ground
gravel or other material is on the road. For safety. you’ll clearance and a nmower track to make them capable of
want to slow down and adjust your driving to these perfolming in a wide variety of off-road applications.
conditions. It is important to slow down on slippery Specific design characteristics givethem a higher center of
surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and gravity than ordinary cars. An advantage of the higher
vehicle control more limited. oround clearance is a better view of the road allowing you
2
While driving on a surface with reduced traction. try to anticipate problems.They are not designed for
your best to avoid sudden steering, acceleration or cornering at the same speeds as conventional
braking (including enginebraking by shifting to a lower two-wheel-drive vehicles any more than low-slung sports
oear). A n y sudden changes could causethe tires to slide.
t
cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off-road
You may not realize the surface is slippery until your conditions. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt
vehicle is skidding. Learn to recognize warning maneuvers. As with other vehicles of this type, failure to
clues -- such as enough water. ice or packed snow on operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control
the road to make a “mirrored surface“-- and slow down or vehicle rollover.
when you have any doubt.
Remember: Any anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps
avoid only the braking skid.
4-14

Off-Road Driving withYour Before You Go Off-Roading
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicle There are sutfre things to do before you go out. For
This off-road guide is for vehicles that have example, be sure to have all necessary maintenance and
four-wheel drive. service work done. Check to make sure all underbody
shields (if so equipped) are properly attached. Be sure
Also, see “Anti-Lock Brakes” in the Index. you read all the information about your
If your vehicle doesn‘t have four-wheel drive,you four-wheel-drive vehicle in this manual. Is there enough
shouldn‘t drive off-road unless you‘reon a level, fuel? Is the spare tire fully inflated? Are the fluid levels
solid surface. up where they should be? What are the local laws that
apply to off-roading where you’ll be driving? If you
Off-road driving can begreat fun. But it does have some don’t know, you should check with law enforcement
definite hazards. The greatest of these is the terrain itself. people in the area. Will you be on someone’s private
“Off-roading” means you’ve left the great North land? If so, be sure to get the necessary permission.
American road system behind. Traffic lanes aren‘t
marked. Curves aren’t banked. There areno road signs. Loading Your Vehicle for Off-Road Driving
Surfaces can be slippery. rough, uphill or downhill. In There are some important things to remember about
short. you’ve gone right back to nature. how to load your vehicle.
Off-road driving involves some new skills. And that’s The heaviest things should be on the load floor and
why it’s very important that you read this guide. You’ll forward of your rear axle. Put heavier itemsas far
find many driving tips and suggestions. Thesewill help forward as you can.
make your off-road driving safer and more enjoyable.
Be sure the load is secured properly, so driving on
the off-road terrain doesn’t toss things around.
4- 15

Environmental Concerns
A CAUTION: Off-road driving can provide whoIesome and satisfying
recreation. However. it also raises environmental
0 Cargo on the load floor piled higher than concerns. GM recognizes these concerns and urges
the seatbacks can be thrown forward every off-roader to follow these basic rules for
during a suddenstop. You or your protectins the environment:
passengers could be injured. Keep cargo Always use established trails, roads and areas that
below the top of the seatbacks. have been specially set aside for public off-road
0 Unsecured cargo on theload floor canbe recreational drivihg; obey all posted regulations.
tossed about when driving over rough 0 Avoid any driving practice that could damage the
terrain. You or your passengers canbe environment -- shrubs. flowers. trees, grasses -- or
struck by flying objects. Secure the disturb wildlife (this includes wheel-spinning,
cargo properly. breaking down trees or unnecessary driving through
0 Heavy loads on theroof raise the vehicle's streams or over soft ground).
center of gravity, making it more likely to 0 Always carry a litter bag . . . make sure all refuse is
roll over. You can be seriously or fatally removed from any campsite before leaving.
in.jured if the vehicle rollsover. Put heavy Take extreme care with open fires (where permitted).
loads inside the cargo area, noton the roof. camp stoves and lanterns.
Keep cargoin the cargo areaas far forward
and low as possible. 0 Never park your vehicle over dry grass or other
cotnbustible materials that could catch fire f1-0~11the
heat of the vehicle's exhaust system.
You'll find other important information in this manual.
See "Vehicle Loading." "Luggage Carrier" and "Tires"
in the Index.
4-16

Traveling to Remote Areas Controlling your vehicle is the key to successful
off-road driving. Oneof the best ways to control your
It makes sense to plan your trip, especially when going vehicle is to control your speed.Here are some things to
to a remote area.Know the terrain and plan your route. keep in mind. At higher speeds:
You are much less likely to get bad surprises. Get
accurate maps of trails and terrain.Try to learn of any 0 you approach things fasterand you have less time to
blocked or closed roads. scan the terrain for obstacles.
It’s also a good idea to travel with at least one other e you have less time to react.
vehicle. If something happensto one of them, the other 0 you have more vehicle bounce when you drive
can help quickly. over obstacles.
Does your vehicle have a winch? If so. be sure to read a you’ll need more distance for braking, especially
the winch instructions. In a remote area, a winch can be since you’re on an unpaved surface.
handy if you get stuck. But you’ll want to know how to
use it properly.
Getting Familiar with Off-RoadDriving IA CAUTION:

It’s a good idea to practice in an area that’s safeand
close to home before you go into the wilderness. When you’re driving off-road, bouncing and
Off-road driving does require some new and different quick changes in direction can easily throw you
driving skills. Here’s what we mean. out of position. This could cause you to lose
control and crash. So, whether you’re driving on
Tune your senses to different kinds of signals. Your
eyes. for example,need to constantly sweep the terrain or off the road, youand your passengers should
for unexpected obstacles. Your ears need to listen for wear safety belts.
unusual tire or engine sounds. With your arms, hands,
feet and body, you’ll need to respond to vibrations and
vehicle bounce.

Scanning the Terrain When you drive over obstacles orrough terrain, keep a
firm grip on the steering wheel. Ruts, troughsor other
Off-road driving can take you over mLmy different kinds surface features can jerk the wheel out of your hands if
of terrain. You need to be fatniliar with the terrain and its you're not prepared.
many different features. Here are some things to consider.
When you drive over bumps. rocks, or other obstacles,
Surface Cmditiom. Off-roading can take you over your wheels can leave the ground. If this happens. even
hard-packed dirt, gravel. rocks. grass. sand, mud, snow with one or two wheels, you can't control the vehicle as
or ice. Each of these surfaces affects the steering, well or at all.
acceleration and brakinz of your vehicle i n different
ways. Depending upon the kind of surfxe you are on. Because you will be on an unpaved surface. it's
you may experience slipping. sliding. wheel spinning. especially important to avoid sudden acceleration.
delayed acceieration, poor traction and longer sudden turns or sudden braking.
braking distances. In a way, off-road driving requires a different kind of
Sru-fnce 0hstcrcle.v. Unseen or hidden obstacles can be alertness from driving on paved roads and highways.
hazardous. A rock. log hole. rut or bump CUI startle you if There are no road signs. posted speed limits or signal
you're not prepared for them. Often these obstacles are lights. You have to use your own good judgment about
hidden by grass, bushes. snow or even the rise and f a l l of what is safe and what isn't.
the terrain itself. Here are some things to consider: Drinking and driving can be very dangerous on any
Is the path ahead clear'? road. And this is certainty true for off-road driving. At
the very time you need special alertness and driving
0 Will the surface texture change abruptly up ahead'? skills, your reflexes. perceptions and judgment can be
Does the travel take you uphill or downhill'? (There's affected by even z1 small amount of alcohol. You could
more discussion of these sub-jectslater.) have a serious -- or even fatal -- accident if you drink
and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking.
Will you have to stop suddenly or change
See "Drunken Driving" in the index.
direction quicklv'?
4-18

Driving on Off-Road Hills incline may get steeper as you near the top, but you may
not see this because the crest of the hill is hidden by
Off-road driving often takes you up, down or across a bushes, grass or shrubs.
hill. Driving safelyon hills requires good judgment and
an understanding of what your vehicle can and can’t do. Here are some other things to consider as you approach
There are somehills that simply can’t be driven, no a hill.
matter how well built the vehicle. 0 Is there a constant incline, ordoes the hill get sharply
steeper in places?
IA CAUTION: 0 Is there good traction on the hillside, or will the

surface causetire slipping?
Many hills are simply too steep for any vehicle. If 0 Is there a straight path up or down the hill so you
you drive up them, you will stall. If you drive won’t have to make turning maneuvers?
down them, you can’t control your speed. If you 0 Are there obstructions on the hill that can block your
drive across them, you will roll over. You could be path (boulders. trees, logs or ruts)?
~ seriously injured or killed. If you have any doubt 0 What’s beyond the hill? Is there a cliff, an
~ about the steepness, don’t drive the hill. embankment. a drop-off, a fence? Get out and walk
the hill if you don’t know. It’s the smart way to
find out.
Approaching a Hill 0 Is the hill simply too rough? Steep hills often have
When you approach a hill, you need to decide if it’s one ruts, gullies, troughs and exposed rocks because they
of those hills that’s just too steep to climb, descend or are more susceptible to the effects of erosion.
cross. Steepness can be hard to judge. On a very small
hill, for example, there may be a smooth. constant
incline with only a small change in elevation where you
can easily see all the way to the top. On a large hill, the
4-19

Driving Uphill 0 Ease LIPon your speed as you approach the top of
the hill.
Once you decide you can safely drive up the hill, you
need to take some special steps. 0 Attach a flag to the vehicle to make you more visible
to approaching traffic on trails or hills.
0 Use a low gear and get a firm grip or1 the
steering wheel. 0 Sound the horn as you approach the top of the hill to
let opposing traffic know you.1-e there.
0 Get a smooth start up the hill and try to maintain
your speed. Don't use more power than you need. 0 Use your headlamps even during the day. They make
because you don't want your wheels to start spinning you more 1:isible to oncoming traffic.
or sliding.
0 Try to drive straight up the hill if at all possible. If
the path twists and turns, you might want to find A CAUTION:
another route.
Driving to the top (crest)of a hill at full speed can
IA CAUTION:
cause a n accident. There could be a drop-off,
embankment, cliff, o r even another vehicle. You
could be seriously injured orkilled. As you near
Turning or driving across steep hills can be the topof a hill, slow down and stay alert.
dangerous. You could lose traction, slide
sideways, and possibly roll over. You could be
seriously injured or killed. When driving uphills,
always try to go straight up.
4-20

@ What should I do if my vehicle stalls, or is about As you are backing down the hill, put your left hand
to stall, and I can’t make it up the hill? on the steering wheel at the 12 o’clock position. This
way, you’ll be able to tell if your wheels are straight
A: If this happens, there are some things you should and maneuver as you back down. It’s best that you
do. and there are some thingsyou must not do. back down the hill with your wheels straight rather
First, here’s what you should do: than in the left or right direction. Turning the wheel
too far to the left or right will increase the possibility
0 Push the brake pedal to stop the vehicle and keep it of a rollover.
from rolling backwards. Also, apply the parking brake.
Here are some thingsyou must not do if you stall, or are
0 If your engine is still running, shift the transmission about to stall, when going up a hill.
to REVERSE (R), release the parking brake, and
slowly back down the hill in REVERSE (R). 0 Never attempt to prevent a stall by shifting into
NEUTRAL (N) (or depressing the clutch, if you
0 If your engine has stopped running, you’ll need to have a manual transmission) to “rev-up” the engine
restart it. With the brake pedal depressed and the and regain forward momentum. This won’t work.
parking brake still applied, shiftthe transmission to Your vehicle will roll backwards very quickly and
PARK (P) (or, shift toNEUTRAL (N) if your you could go out of control.
vehicle has amanual transmission) and restart the
engine. Then, shift to REVERSE (R), release the Instead, apply the regular brake to stop the
parking brake, and slowlyback down the hill as vehicle. Then apply the parking brake. Shift to
straight as possible in REVERSE (R). REVERSE (R), release the parking brake, and
slowly back straight down.
0 Never attempt to turn around if you are about to stall
when going up a hill. If the hill is steep enough to
stall your vehicle, it’s steep enough to causeyou to
roll over if you turn around. If you can’t make it up
the hill, you must back straight down the hill.
4-21

Suppose, after stalling,I try to back down the
hill and decide I just can’t doit. What should
I do?
~
I
A CAUTION:
A: Set the parking brake, put your transmission in If you have a manual transfer case shift lever,
PARK ( P ) (or the manual transmission in shifting the transfer case to NEUTRAL(Nj can
FIRST ( I ) ) and turn off the engine. Leave the cause your vehicle to rolleven if the transmission
vehicle and go get some help. Exit on the uphill is in PARK (P) (or, if you have the manual
side and stay clear of the path the vehicle would transmission, even if you’re in gear). Thisis
take if it rolled downhill. Do not shift the transfer because the NEUTRAL(N) position on the
case to NEUTRAL ( N ) when you leave the vehicle. transfer case overrides the transmission. If you
Leave i t i n some gear-. are going to leave your vehicle, set the parking
brake and shift the transmission to PARK (P) (or,
put your manual transmission inFIRST (I)).
But do not shift thetransfer case to the
NEUTRAL (N) position. Leave the transfer case
in the 2HI,4HI or 4LO position.
4-22

Driving Downhill
When off-roading takes you downhill, you’ll want to
consider a number of things:
I1 A CAUTION: I
0 How steep is the downhill? Will I be able to maintain Heavy braking when going aown a hill can cause
vehicle control? your brakes to overheat and fade. This could
cause loss of control and a serious accident.
0 What’s the surface like? Smooth? Rough‘?Slippery‘?
Apply the brakes lightly when descending a hill
Hard-pac ked dirt ‘? Gravel?
and use a low gear to keep vehicle speed
0 Are there hidden surface obstacles? Ruts’? under control.
Logs? Boulders’?
What’s at the bottom of the hill? Is there a hidden
0
creek bank or even a river bottom with large rocks?
&= Are there some things I should not do when
driving down a hill?
If you decide you can go down a hill safely, then try to
keep your vehicle headed straight down, anduse a low A: Yes! These are important because if you ignore them
gear. This way. engine drag can help your brakes and you could lose control and have a serious accident.
they won‘t have t o do all the work. Descend slowly,
0 When driving downhill, avoid turns that take you
keeping y ) u r \rehick under control at all times.
across the incline of the hill. A hill that’s not too
steep to drive down may be too steep to drive across.
You could roll over if you don’t drive straight down.
0 Never go downhill with the transmission in
NEUTRAL (N). or with the clutch pedal depressed
in a manual shift. This is called “free-wheeling.”
Your brakes will have to do all the work and could
overheat and fade.
4-23

Q: Am I likely to stall when going downhill? from tilting and rolling over. Also, driving across an
incline puts more weight on the downhill wheels.
A: It’s much more likely to happen going uphill. But if This could cause a downhill slide or a rollover.
it happens going downhill, here’s what to do.
0 Surface conditions can be a problem when you drive
0 Stop your vehicle by applying the regular brakes. across a hill. Loose gravel. muddy spots, or even wet
Apply the parking brake. orass can cause your tires to slip sideways. downhill.
2
Shift to PARK (P) (or to NEUTRAL ( N ) with the If the vehicle slips sideways. it can hit something
nlanual transmission) and,while still brakin,,0 restart that will trip it (a rock. a rut, etc.) and roIl over.
the engine. 0 Hidden obstacles can make the steepness of the
Shift back to a low gear. release the parking brake, incline even worse. If you drive across a rock with
and drive straight down. the uphill wheels, or if the downhill wheels drop into
I f the engine won’t start, get out and get help. a rut or depression, your vehicle can tilt even more.
Driving Across an Incline For reasons like these, you need to decide carefully whether
t o try to drive across 31incline. Just because the trail goes
Sooner or later, an off-road trail will probably go across
the incline of a hill. If this happens, you have to decide ;lcross the incline doesn’t mean you have to drive it. The
whether to try to drive across the incline. Here are some last vehcle to try it might have rolled over.
things to consider:
0 A hill that can be driven straight up or down may be
too steep to drive across. When you go straight up or
A CAUTION:
down a hill. the length of the wheel base (the
distance from the front wheels t o the rear wheels) Driving across an incline that’s too steep will
reduces the likelihood the vehicle will tumble end make your vehicle roll over.You could be
over end. But when you drive across an incline, the seriously injured or killed. If you have any doubt
much more narrow track width (the distance between about the steepness of the incline, don’tdrive
the left and right wheels) may not prevent the vehicle across it. Find another route instead.
A
4-24

e: What if I’m driving across an incline that’s not
too steep, but I hit some loose gravel and start to
slide downhill. What should I do?
A: If you feel your vehicle starting to slideside.ways,
turn downhill. This should help straighten out the
vehicle and prevent the side slipping. However, a
much better way to prevent this is toget out and
“walk the course” so you know what the surface is
like before you drive it.
Stalling on an Incline
If your vehicle stalls when you’re crossing an incline, be
sure you (and your passengers) get out on the uphill
side, even if the door there is harder to open. If you get
out on the downhill side and the vehicle starts to roll
over, you’ll be right in its path.
If you have to walk down the slope, stay out of the path
the vehicle will take if it does roll over. A CAUTION:
Getting out on the downhill (low) sideof a vehicle
stopped acrossan incline is dangerous. If the
vehicle rolls over, you could be crushed or killed.
Always get out on the uphill (high)side of the
vehicle and stay well clear of the rollover path.
. .
4-25

Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow or Ice
When you drive in mud. snow or sand. your wheels
won't get good traction. You can't accelerate as quickly,
I A CAUTION:
turning is more difficult. and you'll need longer Driving on frozen lakes, ponds or rivers can be
braking distances. dangerous. Underwater springs. currents under
It's best to use a low gear when you're in mud -- the the ice, or sudden thaws can weaken the ice. Your
deeper the mud. the lower the gear. In really deep mud. vehicle could fall through theice and you and
the idea is to keep your vehicle moving so you don't your passengers could drown. Driveyour vehicle
*et stuck.
b on safe surfaces only.
When you drive on sand, you'll sense a change in wheel
traction. But it will depend upon how loosely packed the
sand is. On loosely packed sand (as on beaches or sand Driving in Water
dunes) your tires will tend to sink into the sand. This has Light rain causes no special off-road driving problems.
an effect on steering. accelerating and braking. You may But heavy rain can mean tlash flooding, and flood
want to reduce the air pressure in your tires slightly waters demand extreme caution.
when driving on sand. This will improve traction.
Find out how deep the water is before you drive through
Hard packed snow and ice offer the worst tire traction. it. If it's deep enough to cover your wheel hubs, axles or
On these surfaces, it's very easy to lose control. On wet exhaust pipe. don't try it -- you probably won't get
ice, for example. the traction is so poor that you will through. Also. water that deep can damage your axle
have difficulty accelerating. And if you do get moving, and other vehicle parts.
poor steering and difficult braking can came you t o slide
out of control.
4-26

If the water isn’t too deep, then drivethrough it slowly. After Off-Road Driving
At fast speeds, water splasheson your ignition system
Remove any brush or debris that has collected on the
and your vehicle can stall. Stalling can also occurif you
get your tailpipe under water. And, as long asyour
b
underbody, chassis or under the hood. These
tailpipe is under water, you’llnever be able to start your accumulations can be a fire hazard.
engine. When you go through water, remember that After operation in mud or sand,have the brake linings
when your brakes get wet, itmay take you longer cleaned and checked. These substancescan cause
to stop. glazing and uneven braking. Check the body structure.
steering, suspension, wheels, tires and exhaust system
I A CAUTION: for damage. Also, check the fuel lines and cooling
system for any leakage.
Your vehicle will require more frequent service due to
Driving through rushing water can be dangerous. off-road use. Refer to the Maintenance Schedule for
Deep water can sweepyour vehicle downstream additional information.
and you and your passengers could drown. If it’s
only shallow water, it can still wash away the
ground from underyour tires, and you could lose
traction and roll the vehicle over. Don’tdrive
through rushing water.
See “Driving Through Water” in the Index for more

information on driving throwh water.

Driving at Night a Adjust your inside rearview mirror to reduce the
olare fromheadlamps behind you.
3
0 Since you can't see as well, you may need to sIow

down and keep more space between you and
other vehicles.
0 Slow down, especially on higher speed roads. Your
headlamps can light up only so much road ahead.
k- ---I a In remote areas, watch for animals.
0 If you're tired, pull off the road in a safe place
and rest.
Night Vision
N o one can see as well at night as in the daytime. But as
we get older these differences increase. A 50-year-old
driver may require at least twice a s much light to see the
same thing at night as a 20-year-old.
What you do in the daytime can also affect your night
Night driving is more dangerous than day driving. vision. For example. if you spend the day in bright
One reason is that some drivers are likely to be sunshine you are wise to wear sunglasses. Your eyes will
impaired -- by alcohol or drugs. with night vision have less trouble adjusting to night. But if you're
problems. or by htigue. driving, don't wear sunglasses at night. They may cut
Here are some tips on night driving. down on glare from headlamps, but they also make a lot
of things invisible.
0 Drive defensively.
Don't drinkand drive
4-28

You can be temporarily blinded by approaching Driving in Rainand on Wet Roads
headlamps. It can take a second or two, oreven several
seconds, for your eyes to readjust to the dark. When you
are faced with severe glare (as from a driverwho
doesn’t lower the high beams, or a vehicle with
misaimed headlamps), slow down a little. Avoid staring
directly into the approaching headlamps.
Keep your windshield andall the glass on your vehicle
clean -- inside and out. Glareat night is made much
worse by dirt on the glass. Even the inside of the glass
can build up a film caused by dust. Dirty glass makes
lights dazzle and flash more than clean glass would,
making the pupils of your eyes contractrepeatedly. U
Remember that your headlamps light up far less of a
roadway when you are in a turn or curve. Keep your
eyes moving: that way, it’s easier to pick out dimly
lighted objects. Justas yourheadlamps should be
checked regularly for proper aim,so should your eyes
be examined regularly. Some drivers suffer from night
Rain and wet roads can mean driving trouble. On a wet
blindness -- the inability to see in dim light -- and aren‘t
even aware of it. road, you can’t stop, accelerate or turn as well because
your tire-to-road traction isn’t as good ason dry roads.
And, if your tires don’t have much tread left, you’ll get
even less traction. It’s always wise to go slower and be
cautious if rain starts to fall while you are driving. The
surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexes are
tuned for driving on dry pavement.
4-29

The heavier the rain,the harder it is to see. Even if your Driving too fast through large water puddles or even
windshield wiper blades are in good shape, a heavy rain going through some car washes can cause problems, too.
can make it harder to see road signs and traffic sipals. The water may affect your brakes. Try to avoid puddles.
pavement markings. the edge of the road and even But if you can't. try to slow down before you hit them.
people walking.
It's wise to keep your wiping equipment in good shape
and keep your windshield washer tank filled with
washer fluid. Replace your windshield wiper inserts
I A CAUTION:
when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on Wet brakes can cause accidents. They won't work
the windshield, or when strips of rubber start to separate as well in a quick stop and may cause pulling to
from the inserts. one side. You could lose controlof the vehicle.
After driving througha large puddle of water or
a car wash, apply your brake pedal lightly until
your brakes work normally.
4-30

Hydroplaning Driving Through Deep Standing Water
Hydroplaning is dangerous. So much water can build up
under your tires that they can actually rideon the water.
This can happen if the road is wet enough and you’re
I NOTICE:
going fast enough. When your vehicle is hydroplaning,
it has little or no contact with the road. If you drive tooquickly through deep puddles or
standing water, water can come in through your
Hydroplaning doesn’t happen often. But it can if your engine’s air intake and badly damage your
tires do not have much tread or if the pressure in one or
engine. Never drivethrough water thatis slightly
more is low. It can happen if a lot of water is standing on
the road. If you can see reflections fromtrees. telephone lower than the underbody of your vehicle. If you
poles or othervehicles. and raindrops “dimple“ the can’t avoid deeppuddles or standing water, drive
water’s surface. there could be hydroplaning. through them very slowly.
Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds. There
just isn‘t a hard and fast rule about hydroplaning. The Some Other Rainy Weather Tips
best advice is to slow down when it is raining.
0 Besides slowing down, allow some extra following
distance. And be especially careful when you pass
another vehicle. Allow yourself more clear room
ahead, and be prepared to have your view restricted
by road spray.
0 Have good tires with proper tread depth. (See
“Tires” in the Index.)
4-31

City Driving One of the biggest problems with city streets is the
amount of traffic on them. You'll want to watch out for
what the other drivers are doing and pay attention to
traffic sipals.
Here are ways to increase your safety in city driving:
a Know the best way to get to where you are
going. Get a city map and plan your trip into an
unknown part of the city just as you would for a
cross-country trip.
a Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscross most
large cities. You'll save time and energy. (See the
next part. "Freeway Driving.")
a Treat a green light as a warning signal. A traffic light
is there because the corner is busy enough to need it.
When a light turns green. and just before you start to
move. check both ways for vehicles that have not
cleared the intersection or may be running the
red light.
4-32

Freeway Driving The most important advice on freeway driving is: Keep
up with traffic and keep to the right. Drive at the same
speed most of the other drivers are driving. Too-fast or
too-slow driving breaks a smooth traffic flow. Treat the
left lane on a freeway as a passing lane.
At the entrance, there is usually a ramp that leads to the
freeway. If you have a clearview of the freeway as you
drive along the entrance ramp, you should begin to
check traffic. Try to determine where you expect to
blend with the flow. Try to merge into the gap at close to
the prevailing speed. Switch on your turn signal, check
your mirrors and glance overyour shoulder as often as
necessary. Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow.
Once you are on thefreeway, adjust your speed to the
posted limit or to the prevailing rate if it‘s slower. Stay
in the right lane unless you want to pass.
Before changing lanes, check your mirrors. Then use
your turn signal.
Mile for mile, freeways (also called thruways,parkways, Just before you leave the lane, glance quickly over your
expressways, turnpikesor superhighways) are the safest shoulder to make sure there isn’t another vehicle in your
of all roads. But they have their own specialrules. “blind” spot.
4-33

Once you are moving on the freeway, make certain you Is your vehicle ready for a long trip?If you keep it
allow a reasonable following distance. Expect to move serviced and maintained, it's ready to go. If it needs
slightly slower at night. service, have it done before starting out. Of course,
you'll find experienced and able service expertsin GM
When you want to leave the freeway, move to the proper
dealerships all across North America. They'll be ready
lane well in advance. If you miss your exit, do not,
and willing to help if you need it.
under any circumstances, stop and back up. Drive on to
the next exit. Here are some things you can check before a trip:
The exit ramp can be curved, sometimes quite sharply. 0 Windshield Washer Fluid: Is the reservoir full? Are
all windows clean inside and outside?
The exit speed is usually posted.
Wiper Blades: Are they in good shape?
Reduce your speed according to your speedometer, not
to your sense of motion. After driving for any distance 0 Fuel, Engine Oil, Other Fluids: Have you checked
at higher speeds, you may tend to think you are going all levels?
slower than you actually are. Lurrzps: Are they all working? Are the lenses clean?
Before Leaving on a Long Trip Tires: They are vitally important to a safe,
Make sure you're ready. Try to be well rested. If you trouble-free trip. Is the tread good enough for
must start when you're not fresh -- such as after a day's long-distance driving? Are the tires all inflated to the
work -- don't plan t o make too many miles that first part recommended pressure'?
of the journcv. Wear comfortable clothing and shoes you Weather For-ecvrsts: What's the weather outlook
can easily drive i n . along your route? Should you delay your trip a short
time to avoid a major storm system?
0 Maps: Do you have up-to-date maps'!
4-34

Highway Hypnosis Hill and Mountain Roads
Is there actually sucha condition as “highway hypnosis”?
Or is it just plain falling asleep at the wheel? Callit
highway hypnosis, lackof awareness, or whatever.
There is something about an easy stretch of road with
the same scenery, along with the hum of the tires on the
road, the drone of the engine, and the rush of the wind
against the vehicle that can make you sleepy. Don’t let it
happen to you! If it does, your vehicle can leave the
road in less than a secund, and you could crash and
be injured.
What can you do about highway hypnosis? First, be
aware that it can happen.
Then here are some tips: L
0 Make sure your vehicle is well ventilated, with a

comfortably cool interior.
0 Keep y o u r e y e s moving. Scan the road ahead and Driving on steep hills ormountains is different from
to the sides. Check your mirrors and your
driving in flat or rolling terrain.
instruments frequently.
If you drive regularly in steep country, or if you’re
0 I f you Sct d w p y . pull off the road into a rest, service planning to visit there, here are some tips that can make
or parking xe;L and take a nap, get some exercise, or
your trips safer andmore enjoyable. (See “Off-Road
both. For safety. treat drowsiness on the highway as
Driving’’ in the Index for information about driving
an emergency.
off-road.)
4-35

Keep your vehicle in good shape. Check all fluid
levels and also the brakes, tires. cooling system and
transmission. These parts can work hard on
mountain roads.
IA CAUTION:
Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL (N) or with the
Know how to go down hills. The most important ignition off is dangerous. Your brakes will have to
thing to know is this: let your engine do some of the
do all the work of slowing down. They could get so
slowing down. Shift to a lower gear when you go
down a steepor long hill. hot that they wouldn’t work well. You would then
have poor braking or even none going down a hill.
You could crash. Always have your engine running
A CAUTION: and your vehicle in gear when you go downhill.
If you don’t shift down, your brakes could get so Know how to go uphill. You may want to shift downto a
hot that they wouldn’t workwell. You would then lower gear. The lower gears help cool your engine and
have poor braking or even none going down a transmission. and you can climb the hill better.
hill. You could crash. Shift down tolet your Stay in your own lane when driving o n two-lane
engine assist yourbrakes ona steep roads i n hills o r mountains. Don‘t swing wide or cut
downhill slope. across the center of the road. Drive at speeds that let
you stay in your own lane.
As you go over the top of a hill, be alert. There couldbe
something in your lane. like a. stalled car or an accident.
You may see hishway signs on mountains that warn of
special problems. Examples are long grades, passing or
no-passing zones. a falling rocks area or winding
roads. Be alert to these and take appropriate action.
4-36

Winter Driving Include an ice scraper,a small brush or broom, a supply
of windshield washer fluid, a rag, some winter outer
clothing, a small shovel, a flashlight, a red cloth and
reflective warning triangles. And, if you will be driving
under severe conditions, include asmall bag of sand, a
piece of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags to help
provide traction. Besure you properly securethese
items in your vehicle.
Driving on Snow or Ice

Most of the time, those placeswhere your tires meet the
road probably have good traction.
However, if there is snow or ice between your tires and
the road, you can have a very slippery situation. You’ll
have a lot less traction or “grip” and will need to be
very careful.
Here are some tips for winter driving:

Have your vehicle in good shape for winter.
0 You may want to put winter emergency suppliesin
your vehicle.
4-37

Whatever the condition -- smooth ice, packed, blowing
or loose snow -- drive with caution.
Accelerate gently. Try not to break the fragile traction. If
you accelerate too fast. the drive wheels will spin and
polish the surface under the tires even more.
Your anti-lock brakes improve your vehicle’s stability
when you make a hard stop on a slippery road. Even
‘‘1 :-................ .................. though you have an anti-lock braking system, you’ll
. . . . ... .. .. . ., .. ._. ._ ._ .. ._. _ .. .. _. _. _ . _, ..I _ . . _ . . .
. . .. .
.. . . . . . . . .
want to begin stopping soonerthan you would on dry
, , , , , , ,
pavement. See “Anti-Lock” in the Index.

Allow greater following distance on any
slippery road.
Watch for slippery spots. The road might be fine
A
until you hit a spot that’s covered with ice. On an
otherwise clear road, ice patches may appear in
shaded areas where the sun can’t reach: around
What’s the worst time for this’?“Wet ice.“ Very cold clumps of trees, behind buildings or under bridges.
snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on. But wet Sometimes the surface of a curve oran overpass may
ice can be even more trouble because it may offer the remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear. I f
least traction of all. You can get wet ice when it’s about you see a patch of ice ahead of you, brake before you
freezing (32°F; OOC) and freezing rain begins to fall. are on it. Try not to brake while you’re actually on
Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews the ice, and avoid sudden steering maneuvers.
can get there.
4-38

If You’re Caught in a Blizzard Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that
you’ve been stopped by the snow.
Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanketaround you.
If you have no blankets or extra clothing, make body
insuIators from newspapers, burlap bags, rags , floor
mats -- anything you can wrap around yourself or
tuck under your clothing to keep warm.
If you are stopped by heavy snow, you could be in a

serious situation. You should probably stay with your
vehicle unless you know for sure that you are near help
and you can hike through the snow. Here are some
things to do to summon help and keep yourself and your
passengers safe:
0 Turn on your hazard flashers. You can run the engine to keep warm, but be careful.
4-39

Run your engine only as long as you must. This saves
A CAUTION: fuel. When you run the engine, make i t 90 a little faster
than just idle. That is, push the accelerator slightly. This
uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps the
Snow cantrap exhaust gases under your vehicle. battery charged. You will need a well-charged battery to
This can cause deadlyCO (carbon monoxide) gas restart the vehicle. and possibly for signaling later on
to get inside. CO could overcome you and kill with your headlamps. Let the heater run for a while.
you. You can’t see ito r smell it, so you might not Then. shut the engine off and close the window almost
know it is in your vehicle. Clear away snow from all the way to preserve the heat. Start the engine again
around the baseof your vehicle, especially any and repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable
that is blocking your exhaust pipe. And check from the cold. But do it as little as possible. Preserve the
around again from time to time to be sure snow fuel as long as you can. To help keep warm. you can get
doesn’t collect there. out of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises
Open a window justa little on the sideof the every half hour or so until help comes.
vehicle that’s away from the wind. Thiswill help
keep CO out.
4-40

Recreational Vehicle Towing
(Four-wheel Drive With Manual
Shift TransferCase Only)
IA CAUTION:
Shifting the transfer case into NEUTRAL (N) can
1. Set the parking brake firmly. cause your vehicle to rolleven if the transmission
2. Place an automatic transmission in PARK (P) or a is in PARK (P), for anautomatic transmission, or
manual transmission in FIRST ( 1). if your vehicleis in gear, for a manual
3. Firmly attach the vehicle being towed to the tow transmission. You or others could be injured.
vehicle. Do not tow the vehicle by the rear bumper Make sure the parking brakeis firmly set before
bar. Refer to the hitch manufacturer’s instructions. you shift the transfer case into NEUTRAL (N).
4. Place the manual shift transfer case shift lever in
NEUTRAL (N). 5. Release the parking brake only after the vehicle
being towed is firmly attachedto the tow vehicle.
6. Insert the ignition key into the ignition switch and
turn it one notch forward of the LOCK position. This
places the key in the OFF position, which unlocks
the steering column while preventing battery drain.
Unlocking the steering column will allow for proper
movement of the front wheelshires duringtowing.
4-41

Recreational Vehicle Towing Loading Your Vehicle
(Except Four-wheel Drive With
Manual Shift Transfer Case)
Vehicles with two-wheel drive or the optional electronic
shift transfer case require special modifications before
they can be towed in this manner. Please contact your
dealer for the towing information that is appropriate for
your particular vehicle.
Vehicles with all-wheel drive (AWD) can not be towed
in this manner.
The Certificationflire label is found on the driver’s door

edge, above the door latch. The label shows the size of
your original tires and the inflation pressures needed to
obtain the gross weight capacity of your vehicle. This is
called the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The
GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle. all occupants,
fuel, cargo and trailer tongue weight, if pulling a trailer.
4-42

The Certificatioflire label alsotells you the maximum Using heavier suspension components to get added
weights for the front and rear axles,called Gross Axle durability might not change your weight ratings. Ask
Weight Rating (GAWR).To find out the actual loads on your dealer to help you load your vehicle the rightway.
your front andrear axles, you need to go to a weigh
station and weigh your vehicle. Your dealer can help
you with this. Be sure to spreadout your load equally on NOTICE:
both sides of the centerline.
Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle, or the Your warranty does not coverparts or
GAWR for eitherthe front or rearaxle. components thatfail because of overloading.
If you do have a heavy load, you should spread it out.
If you put things inside your vehicle -- like suitcases,
Similar appearing vehiclesmay have different GVWRs tools, packages, or anything else -- they will go as fast
and payloads. Please note yourvehicle’s as the vehicle goes. If you have to stop or turn quickly,
Certificationmire label or consult
your dealer for or if there is a crash, they’ll keep going.
additional details.
I A CAUTION: ~ ~ ~ _ _
~~ _
~ _
Do not load your vehicie any heavier than the

GVWR, or either the maximum front or rear
GAWR. If you do, partson your vehicle can break,
or it can change the way your vehicle handles. These
could cause you to lose control. Also, overloading
can shorten the life of your vehicle.
.. . .
4-43

Payload
~
~
A CAUTION: The payload capacity is shown on the Certificationflire
label. This is the maximum load capacity that your
~ Things you put inside yourvehicle can strike and vehicle can carry. Be sure to include the weight of the
~ injure people in a sudden stop or turn, or in occupants as part of your load. If you added any
1 a crash. accessories or equipment after your vehicle left the
factory, remember to subtract the weight of these things
0 Put things in the cargo areaof your vehicle.
from the payload. Your dealer can help you with this.
~ Try tospreadtheweight evenly.
~ 0 Never stack heavier things, like suitcases, Add-on Equipment
inside the vehicleso that some of them are When you carry removable items, you may need to put a
above the topsof the seats. limit o n how many people you carry inside your vehicle.
0 Don't leave an unsecured child restraint in Be sure to weigh your vehicle before ~ O Lbuy
I and install
~ your vehicle. the new equipment.
When you carry something inside the
vehicle, secure it whenever you can.
0 Don't leave a seat folded down unlessyou
NOTICE:
need to.
Your warranty doesn't cover partsor
components that fail because of overloading.
There's also important loading information lor off-road L
driving in this manual. See "Loading Your Vehicle for

Off-Road Driving" in the Index.
4-44

Towing a Trailer
I NOTICE:
I A CAUTION: I
~
i
Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your
vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by
If you don’t use the correct equipmentand drive your warranty. To pull a trailer correctly, follow
properly, you can lose control when you pull a the advice in this part, andsee your GM dealer
trailer. For example, if the traileris too heavy, the for important information about towing a trailer
--
brakes may not work well or even at all. You ~ with your vehicle.
and your passengers could be seriously injured.
Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the Every vehicle is ready for $time trailer towing. If yours
steps in this section. Ask your GM dealer for was built with trailering options, as many are, it’s ready
advice and information about towing a trailer for heavier trailers. But trailering is different than just
with your vehicle. driving your vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes
in handling, durability and fuel economy. Successful.
safe trailering takes correct equipment, and it has to be
used properly.
That’s the reason for this part. In it are many
time-tested, important trailering tips and safety rules.
Many of these are important for your safety and that of
your passengers. So please read this section carefully
before you pull a trailer.
4-45

If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer If you have an automatic transmission, you can use
If you do, here aresome important points: DRIVE (D) (or. as you need to, a lower gear) when
towing a trailer. Operating your vehicle in
a There are many different laws, includingspeed limit DRIVE (D) when towing a trailer will minimize heat
restrictions, having to do with trailering. Make sure buildup and extend the lifeof your transmission. If
your rig will be legal, not only where you live but you have a manual transmission and you are towing
also where you’ll be driving. A good source for this a trailer, it’s better not to use FIFTH ( 5 ) gear. Just
information can be state or provincial police. drive in FOURTH (4) gear (or, as you need to, a
a Consider using a sway control if your trailer will lower gear).
weigh 2,000 lbs. (900 kg) or less. You should always Three important considerations have to do with weight:
use a sway control if your trailer will weigh more
than 2,000 lbs. (900 kg). You can ask a hitch dealer 0 the weight of the trailer,
about sway controls. the weight of the trailer tongue
a Don’t tow a trailer at all during the first 500 miles and the weight on your vehicle’s tires.
(800 km) your new vehicle is driven. Your engine,
axle or other parts could be damaged. Weight of the Trailer
a Then, during the first 500 miles (800 km) that you How heavy can a trailer safelybe?
tow a trailer, don‘t drive over50 mph (80 k m h ) and It depends on how you plan to use your rig. For
don’t make starts at full throttle. This helps your example, speed. altitude, road grades. outside
engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the temperature and how much your vehicle is used to pull a
heavier loads. trailer are all important. And, it can also depend on any
special equipment that you have on your vehicle.
The following chart shows how much your trailer can
weigh, based upon your vehicle model and options.
4-46

Vehicle Axle Ratio Trailer Wt. You can ask your dealerfor our trailering informationor
3.OS 4,500 lbs. (2 04 1 kg) advice, oryou can write us at the address listed in your
2-Wheel Drive,
5,500 lbs. (2 495 kg) Warranty and Owner Assistance Information Booklet.
Auto. Trans. 3.42
2-Wheel Drive, 3.424,500 lbs. (2 04 1 kg) In Canada, write to:
Manual Trans. General Motors of Canada Limited
4-Wheel Drive & 3.08 4,000 lbs. (1 8 14 kg) Customer Communication Centre
All-Wheel Drive, 3.42 5,000 lbs. (2 268 kg) 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Auto. Trans. 3.73 Oshawa, Ontario L 1H 8P7
5,000’1bs.(2 268 kg)
4-Wheel Drive & 3.42 4,000 lbs. (1 8 14kg) Weight of the Trailer Tongue
All-Wheel Drive,
Manual Trans. The tongue load (A) of any trailer is an important
weight to measure because it affects the total or gross
Maximum trailer weight is calculated assuming the weight of your vehicle. The Gross Vehicle Weight
driver and one passenger are in the tow vehicle and it (GVW) includes the curb weight of the vehicle, any
has all the required trailering equipment.The weight of cargo you may carry in it, and the people who will be
additional optional equipment, passengers and cargoin riding in the vehicle. And if you will tow a trailer, you
the tow vehicle must be subtracted from the maximum must add the tongue load to the GVW because your
trailer weight. vehicle will be carrying that weight, too. See “Loading
Your Vehicle” in the Index for more information about
your vehicle’s maximum load capacity.
4-47

Total Weight on Your Vehicle’s Tires
Be sure your vehicle‘s tires are inflated to the upper
limit for cold tires.You’ll find these numbers on the
CertificationRire label on the driver’s door edge, above
the door latch, or see‘.Tire Loading” in the Index. Then
be sure you don’t go over the GVW limit for your
vehicle, including the weight of the trailer tongue.
Hitches
A B It’s important to have the correct hitch equipment.
Crosswinds, large trucks going by and rough roads are a
few reasons why you’ll need the right hitch. Here are
some rules to follow:
If you‘ll be pulling a trailer that, when loaded, will
If you’re using a weight-carrying hitch, the trailer weigh more than 2,000 lbs. (900 kg), be sure to use a
tongue (A) should weigh 10 percent of the total loaded properly mounted, weight-distributing hitch and
trailer weight (B). If you’re using a weight-distributing sway control of the proper size. Thisequipment is
hitch, the trailer tongue (A) should weigh 12 percent of very important for propervehicle loading and good
the total loaded trailer weight (B). handling when you’re driving.
After you’ve loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer and
then the tongue, separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they aren‘t, you may be able t o get them right
simply by moving some items around in the trailer.
4-48 -

0 Will you have to make any holes in the body of your Trailer Brakes
vehicle when you install a trailer hitch?
If your trailer weighs more than 1,000 Ibs. (450 kg)
If you do, then be sure to seal the holes later when loaded, then it needs its own brakes -- and they must be
you remove the hitch. If you don’t seal them, deadly adequate. Be sure toread and follow the instructionsfor
carbon monoxide (CO) from your exhaust can get the trailer brakes so you’ll be able to install, adjust and
into your vehicle (see “Carbon Monoxide” in the maintain them properly.
Index). Dirt andwater can, too.
Your trailer’s brake system can tap into the vehicle’s
Safety Chains hydraulic brake system only i f
You should always attach chains betweenyour vehicle The trailer parts can withstand 3,000 psi
and your trailer. Cross the safety chains under the tongue (20 650 kPa) of pressure.
of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road The trailer’s brake system will use less than
if it becomes separated fromthe hitch. instructions 0.02 cubic inch (0.3 cc) of fluid from your vehicle’s
about safety chains may be provided by the hitch master cylinder. Otherwise, both braking systems
manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer. Follow the won’t work well. You could even lose your brakes.
manufacturer’s recommendation for attaching safety
chains and do not attach them to the bumper. Always If everything checks out this far,then make the brake
leave just enough slack so you can turn with your rig. fluid tap at the port on the master cylinder that sends
And, never allow safety chains to drag on the ground. fluid to the rear brakes. But don’t use copper tubing for
this. if you do, it will bend and finally break off. Use
steel brake tubing.

Driving witha Trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience.
Before setting out for the open road. you‘ll want to get
to know your rig. Acquaint yourself with the feel of
handling and braking with the added weight of the
trailer. And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are
driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly as
If you have a rear-most window open and you responsive as your vehicle is by itself.
pull a trailer with your vehicle, carbon monoxide
(CO)could come into yourvehicle. You can’t see Before you start, check the trailer hitch and platform
(and attachments). safety chains. electrical connector,
or smellCO. It can cause unconsciousness or
lamps, tires and mirror adjustment. I f the trailer has
death. (See “Engine Exhaust”in the Index.) To electric brakes. start your vehicle and trailer moving and
maximize your safety when towinga trailer: then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure
Have your exhaust system inspected for the brakes are working. This lets you check your
leaks, and make necessary repairs before electrical connection at the same time.
starting on your trip. During your trip. check occasionally to be sure that the
0 Keep the rear-most windows closed. load is secure. and that the lamps and a n y trailer brakes
If exhaust does come into yourvehicle are still working.
through a window in the rear or another
opening, drive with your front, main
heating or cooling system on and with the
fan on any speed. This will bring fresh,
outside air into your vehicle. Do not use
MAX A/C because it only recirculatesthe
air inside your vehicle. (See b‘ Comfort
Controls” in the Index.)
4-50

Following Distance Making Turns
Stay at least twiceas far behind the vehicle ahead as you
would when driving your vehicle without a trailer. This
can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking
I NOTICE:
and sudden turns.
Making very sharp turns while trailering could
Passing cause the trailer to come in contact with the
You’ll need more passing distance up ahead when vehicle. Your vehicle could be damaged. Avoid
you‘re towing a trailer. And, because you’re a good deal making very sharp turns while trailering.
longer, you’ll need to go much farther beyond the
passed vehicle before you can return to your lane. When you’re turning with a trailer, make wider turns
than normal. Do this so your trailer won’t strike soft
Backing Up shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees or other objects.
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand. Avoid jerky or suddenmaneuvers. Signal well
Then, to move the trailer to the left, just move that hand in advance.
to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move your
hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if I’urn Signals When Towing a Trailer
possible, have someone guide you. When you tow a trailer, your vehicle has to have extra
wiring and a heavy-duty turn signal flasher (includedin
the optional trailering package).
The arrows on your instrument panel will flash
whenever you signal a turn or lane change. Properly
hooked up, the trailer lamps will also flash, telling other
drivers you‘re about to turn, change lanes or stop.
4-51

When towing a trailer, the arrows on your instrument When towing at high altitude on steep uphill grades.
panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer consider the following: Engine coolant will boil at a
are burned out. Thus, you may think drivers behind you lower temperature than at normal altitudes. If you turn
are seeing your signal when they are not. It's important your engine off immediately after towing at high altitude
to check occasionally to be surethe trailer bulbs are on steep uphill grades, your vehicle may show signs
still working. similar to engine overheating. To avoid this. let the
engine run while parked (preferably on level ground)
Driving On Grades w i t h the automatic transmission in PARK (P) (or the
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear byfilw you start rnanual transmission out of gear and the parking brake
down a long or steep downgrade. If you don't shift applied) for afew minutes before turning the engine off.
down. you might have to use your brakes so much that If you do get the overheat warning, see "Engine
they would get hot and no longer work well. Overheating" in the Index.
On a long uphill grade. shift down and reduce your Parking on Hills
speed to around 45 mph (70 km/h) to reduce the
You really should not park your vehicle. with a trailer
possibility of engine and transmission overheating.
attached. on ;Ihill. I f something goes wrong, your ris
if you have an automatic transmission. you should use could start to move. People can be injured, and both
DRIVE (D) when towing a trailer. Operating your your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged.
vehicle in DRIVE ( D ) when towing a trailer will
minimize heat buildup and extend the life of your
transmission. Or. if you have a manual transmission. it's
better not to use FIFTH ( 5j gear. just drive i n
FOURTH (4) gear (or. as you need to. a lower gear).
4-52

7 .?
A CAUTION:
It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if
the shiftlever is not fully in PARK (P) with the
parking brakefirmly set. Your vehiclecan roll.
If you have leftthe engine running, thevehicle
can move suddenly. You or others could be
i injured. To be sure your vehicle won’t move, even
when you’re onfairly level ground, use the steps
that follow.
I If you have four-wheel drive with a manual
transfer case shift lever and your transfer case is
in NEUTRAL (N),your vehicle will be free to
roll, evenif your shift lever is in PARK (P). So, be
--
sure the transfercase isin a drive gear not in
NEUTRAL (N).

When You Are Ready to Leave After Maintenance When TrailerTowing
Parking on a Hill Your vehicle will need service more often when you’re
1 . Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down pulling a trailer. See the Maintenance Schedule for more
whiie you: on this. Things that are especially important in trailer
operation are automatic transmission fluid (don’t
Start your engine: overfill), engine oil, axle lubricant, belt. cooling system
Shift into a gear: and and brake adjustment. Each of these is covered in this
manual. and the Index will help you find them quickly.
Release the parking brake. If you’re trailering, it‘s a good idea to review these
3,. Let up on the brake pedal. sections before you start your trip.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks. Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts
are tight.
4. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks.
4-54

Trailer Wiring Harness 0 Light Green: Back-up lamps (eight-wire
harness only).
The light duty trailerwiring is a six-wire harness
assembly. The optional heavy-duty trailer wiring is an Brown: Taillamps and parking lamps.
eight-wire harness assembly. The harnesses are stored 0 Yellow: Left stoplamp and turn signal.
under the vehicle, along the passenger-side frame
crossmember on two-door vehicles or on the driver’s 0 Dark Green: Right stoplamp and turn signal.
side corner framecrossmember on four-door vehicles. 0 White (Heavy Gage): Ground wire.
The heavy-duty trailer wiring has a 30-amp feed wire
with an inline fuse located by the junction block. See 0 White (Light Gage): Auxiliary stoplamp.
“Fuses and Circuit Breakers” in the Index. Both Securely attach the harness to the trailer, then tape or
harnesses have no connector and should be wired by a strap it to your vehicle’s frame rail. Be sure you leave it
qualified electrical technician.The technician can use loose enough so the wiring doesn‘t bend or break, but
the following color code chart when connecting the not so loose that it drags on the ground. Storethe
wiring harness to your trailer. harness in its original place. Wrap the harness together
Dark Blue: Use for electric trailer brakes or and tie it neatly so it won’t be damaged.
auxiliary wiring.
0 Red: Use for battery charging; it connects to the
starter solenoid (eight-wire harnessonly).
4-55

.bNOTES
4-56

Section 5 Problems on the Road
Here you'll find what to do about some problems that can occur on the road.
5 -2 Hazard Warning Flashers 5-22 Engine Fan Noise

5-2 Other Warning Devices 5 -22 If a Tire Goes Flat
5-3 Jump Starting 5-23 Changing a Flat Tire
5 -7 Towing Your Vehicle 5-35 Compact Spare Tire (If Equipped)
5-12 Engine Overheating 5-36 If You're Stuck: In Sand, Mud,
Ice or Snow
5-1

Hazard Warning Flashers Press the button on top of
the steering column all the
way down to make your
front and rear turn signal
lamps flash on and off.
Your hazard warning flashers work no matter what

position your key is in, and even if the key isn’t in.
To turn off the flashers, press the button until the first
click and release.
When the hazard warning flashers are on, your turn
signals won’t work.
Your hazard warning flashers let you warn others. They
also let police know you have a problem. Your front and Other WarningDevices
rear turn signal lamps will flash on and off.
If you carry reflective triangles, you can set one up at
the side of the road about 300 feet (100 m) behind
your vehicle.
5-2

Jump Starting
If your battery has run down, you may want to use
another vehicle and some jumper cablesto start your
I A CAUTION:
I
vehicle. But please use the following steps to do ~ Batteries can hurtyou. They can be dangerous
it safely. 1 because:
~ 0 They contain acid that can burn you.
They contain gas that can explodeor ignite.
NOTICE: I
~ 0 They contain enough electricity to
Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage ~ burn you.

to your vehicle that wouldn’t be covered by ~ If you don’t follow these steps exactly, some
or all
your warranty. ~ of these things can hurtyou.
Do not try to start your vehicle by pushing or
pulling it. This could damage your vehicle, even if 1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a 12-volt
you have a manual transmission. And if you have battery with a negative ground system.
an automatic transmission, it won’t start thatway.
I NOTICE:
If the other systemisn’t a 12-volt system witha
negative ground, both vehicles canbe damaged.
5-3

2. Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cabIes 3. Turn off the ignition on both vehicles. Unplug
can reach. but be sure the vehicles aren't touching unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette
each other. If they are, it could cause a ground lighter. or accessory power outlets, if you have this
connection you don't want. You wouldn't be able to option. Turn off all lamps that aren't needed as well
start your vehicle. and the bad grounding could as radios. This will avoid sparks and help save both
damage the electrical systems. batteries. In addition, it could save your radio!
You could be injured if the vehicles roll. Set the
parking brake firmly on each vehicle. Put an
automatic transmission in PARK (Pj or a manual
transmission i n NEUTRAL (N).If you have a
I NOTICE:
four-wheel-drive vehicle with a manual transfer case If you leave your radioon, it could be badly
shift lever. be sure the transfer case is not in damaged. The repair wouldn'tbe covered by
NEUTRAL (N). your warranty.
IA CAUTION:
An electric fan can start up
even when the engine
is not running and can injureyou. Keep hands,
IA CAUTION:
clothing and tools away from any underhood If your vehicle has airconditioning, the auxiliary
electric Fan. electric fan under the hood can start up even
when the engine is not running and can injure
you. Keep hands, clothing andtools away from
any underhood electricfan.

4. Open both hoods and locate the batteries. Find 5. Check that the jumper cables don’t have loose or
the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals on missing insulation. If they do, you could get a shock.
each battery. The vehicles could be damaged too.
Before you connect the cables, here are some basic
IA CAUTION:
things you should know. Positive (+) will go to
positive (+) and negative (-) will go to a metal
engine part. Don’t connect positive (+) to
negative (-) or you’ll get ashort that would damage
Using a match near a battery can cause battery
the battery and maybe other parts too.
gas to explode. People have been hurt doing this,
and some have been blinded.Use a flashlight if
you need more light.
Be sure the battery has enough water. You don’t
need to add water to theDelco Freedom@ battery of the vehicle with the
installed in every new GM vehicle. But if a dead battery.
battery has filler caps, be sure the right amount
of fluid is there. If it is low, add water to take care
of that first. If you don’t, explosive gas could
be present.
Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you.
Don’t get it on ~ o u I.f you accidentally get it in
your eyes or on your skin, flush the place with
water and get medical help immediately.
5-5

7. Don‘tletthe other end 9. Attach the cable at least
touch metal. Connect it to 18 inches (45 cm) away
the positive (+) tennitla1 from the dead battery,
of the good battery. but not near engine parts
that move.
The electrical
connection is just as
w o d there, but the
b
chance of sparks getting
back to the battery is
much less.
10. Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run
8. Now connect the the engine for a while.
black negative (-) cable
to the good battery’s 1 1 . Try to start the vehicle with the dead battery. If it
negative (-) terminal. won‘t start after a few tries make sure all
connections are good. If it still won’t start, it
Don’t let the other end probably needs service.
touch anything until the
next step. The other end
of the negative cable
doesn’t $0 to the dead
1 A CAUTION: I
battery. It goes to a hewy
unpainted metal part o n Fans or other moving engine parts can injureyou
the engine of the vehicle badly. Keep your hands away from movingparts
with the dead battery. once the engines are running.
5-6

12. Remove the cables in reverse orderto prevent Towing Your Vehicle
electrical shorting. Take carethat they don’t touch
each otheror any other metal. Try to have a GM dealer or a professional towing
service tow your vehicle. See“Roadside Assistance” in
the index.
If your vehicle has been changed since it was
factory-new by adding things like fog lamps, aero
skirting, or special tires and wheels, these instructions
may not be correct.
Before you do anything, turn on the hazard
warning flashers.
-0 When you call, tell the towing service:
e Whether your vehicle has rear-wheel drive,
four-wheel drive or all-wheel drive.
A
The make, model and year of your vehicle.
Whether you can move the shift lever for the
transmission and shift the transfer case, if you
A. Heavy Metal Engine Part have one.
B. Good Battery If there was an accident, what was damaged.
C. Dead Battery When the towing service arrives, let the tow operator
know that this manual contains thesetowing
instructions. The operator may want to see them.
5-7

A CAUTION:
A vehicle can fall from a car carrierif it isn’t
adequately secured. This can cause collision,
a
serious personal injury andvehicle damage. The
vehicle should be tightly secured with chains or
steel cables before it is transported.
Don’t use substitutes (ropes, leather straps,
canvas webbing, etc.) that can be cut by sharp
A CAUTION: edges underneath the towed vehicle. Always use
T-hooks inserted in the T-hook slots. Never use
,J-hooks. They will damage drivetrain and
To help avoid injury toyou or others: suspension components.
Never let passengers ride in a vehicle that is
being towed.
Never tow faster than safe or posted speeds.
Never tow with damaged parts not
fully secured.
Never get under your vehicle after it has
been lifted by the tow truck.
Always use separate safety chains on each
side when towing a vehicle.
Never use J-hooks. Use T-hooks instead.
5-8

When your vehicle is being towed, have the ignition key
turned to the OFF position. The steeringwheel should
be clamped in a straight-ahead position with a clamping
device designed for towing service. Do not use the 1 -
vehicle's steering column lock for this. Thetransmission
should be in NEUTRAL (N) and the transfer case, if you
have one, should be in 2HI. The parking brake should
be released.
If your vehicie has a floor mounted shifter and no
electrical power, the electrical solenoid lock must be
overridden to shift from PARK (P) to NEUTRAL (N).
Follow these steps:
1. Push the base of the shift lever boot forward with
3. Move the solenoid lever toward the driver's side to
your thumb.
unlock it.
2. Lift the boot and find the white solenoid lever.
4. While holding the solenoid lever in the unlock
position, press the shift lever button and shift into
NEUTRAL (N).
5 . Release the solenoid lever and snap the boot back
into place.
Don't have your vehicletowed on the drive wheels
unless you must. If the vehicle must be towed on the
drive wheels, be sure to follow the speed and distance
restrictions later in this section oryour transmission will
be damaged. I f these limitations must be exceeded, then
the drive wheels have to be supported on a dolly.
5-9

NOTICE:
Do not tow with sling-type equipment o r
fascia/fog lamp damage will occur. Use wheel-lift
or car carrier equipment. Additional ramping
may be required for car-carrier equipment. Use
safety chains and wheel straps.
Towing a vehicle over rough surfaces could
damage a vehicle. Damage can occurfrom
vehicle to ground or vehicle towheel-lift
equipment. To help avoid damage, install a
towing dolly and raise thevehicle until adequate
clearance is obtained between the ground and/or
wheel-lift equipment.
Do not attach winch cables o r J-hooks to
suspension components when usingcar-carrier
equipment. Always use T-hooks inserted inthe
T-hook slots.
5-10

Tow Limits -- 35 mph (56 k d ) , 30 miles@3O krn)
~, . .
'*Vehicles withall- wheel-drive or four-wheel-drive and Do not tow with sling-type equipment or rea
the electrbni'ctransfer case DptibMmlasritse'a iowing bumper valance damagewill occur. Use whee
dully undwthefront wheels &hen towing from the reay: or car-carrier equipment. Additional ramping
may be required for car-carrier equipment.
safety chains andwheel straps.
Towing a vehicle over rough surfaces could
damage a vehicle. Damage can occur from vehicle
to ground orvehicle to wheel-lift equipment.
Unless you have all-wheel drive,to help avoid
damage, installa towing dolly and raise the
vehicle until adequate clearanceis obtained
between the ground and/or wheel-lift equi
Do not attach winch cables or J-hooks to
suspension components whenusing car-carrier
equipment. Aiways use T-hooks inserted in . -
. ' ., +y2zL.
.I .r I>

Engine Overheating
You will find a coolant temperature gage on your
vehicle’s instrument panel.
A CAUTION:
Steam from an overheated engine can burn you
If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine badly, even if you just open thehood. Stay away
from the engineif you see or hear steam coming
from it. Just turn it off and get everyone away
from the vehicle until it cools down. Wait until
there is no sign of steam or coolant beforeyou
open the hood.
If you keep driving when your engine is
overheated, the liquids in it can catch fire.You or
others could be badly burned. Stop your engine if
it overheats, and get outof the vehicle until the
engine is cool.
NOTICE:
If your engine catches fire because
you keep
driving with no coolant, yourvehicle can be
badly damaged. The costly repairs would not be
5-12

If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine If you no longer have the overheat warning, you
can drive. Just to be safe, drive slower forabout
If you get the overheat warning but see or hear no 10 minutes. If the warning doesn’t come back on,
steam, the problem may not be too serious. Sometimes you can drive normally.
the engine can get a little too hot when you:
If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and park your
Climb a long hill on a hot day. vehicle rightaway.
0 Stop after high-speed driving. If there’s still no sign of steam, push the accelerator until
Idle for long periods in traffic. the engine speed is about twice as fast asnormal idle
speed. Bring the engine speed back to normal idle speed
Tow a trailer. See “Driving on Grades” in the Index.
after two or three minutes. Now see if the warning stops.
If you get the overheatwarning with no sign of steam, But then, if you still have the warning, turn o f t h e
try this for a minute or so: engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it
1. Turn off your air conditioner. cools down.
2. Turn on your heater to full hot at the highest fan You may decide not to liftthe hood but to get service
speed and open the window as necessary. help right away.
3. If you’re in a traffic jam, shift to NEUTRAL (N);

otherwise, shift to the highest gear while
driving -- AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (@) or
DRIVE (D) for automatic transmissions.
5-13

When you decide it's safe to lift the hood. here's what
you'll see:
A CAUTION:
If your vehicle hasair conditioning, the auxiliary
electric fan under the hood can start upeven
when the engine is not running and can injure
you. Keep hands, clothingand tools away from
hi any underhood electric fan.
If the coolant inside the coolant recovery tank is boiling,

don't do anything else until it cools down.
A. Coolant Recovery Tank

B. Radiator Pressure Cap
C. Engine Fan
5-14

ww
l 44l
A CAUTION:
Heater and radiatorhoses, and otherengine
parts, canbe very hot. Don’ttouch them. If you
do, you can’be burned.
Don’t run the engineif there isa leak. If you run
the engine, it could lose all coolant. That could
cause an engine fire, and you could beburned.
Get any leak fixed before you drive thevehicle.
The coolant level shouldbe at the ADD mark.

If it isn’t, you may have a leak inthe radiator h
heater hoses, radiator, water pump or somewhere elselr

How to Add Coolant to the Coolant
Recovery Tank NOTICE:
I f you haven‘t found a problem yet, but the coolant level
isn‘t at the ADD mark, add a SO/SO mixture of clenrz and crack the
In cold weather, water can freeze
w t e r (preferably distilled) and DEX-COOL” engine, radiator, heater core and other parts.
(silicate-free) antifreeze at the coolant recovery tank. Use the recommended coolant and the proper
(See ”Engine Coolant” i n the Index for more coolant mix.
information.)
A CAUTION:
Adding only plain water to yourcooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water, or some other
liquid like alcohol, canboil before the proper
coolant mix will. Your vehicle’s coolant warning
system is set for the proper coolantmix. With
plain water or the wrong mix, your engine could
get too hot but >‘ouwouldn’t get the overheat
warning. k‘our engine could catch fire andyou or
others could he hurned. Use a 50/50 mix of clean
water and DKX-CWOL” coolant.
5-16

4
I A CAUTION:
You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot
engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts are hot
enough. Don’t spill coolant on a hot engine.
When the coolant in the coolant recovery tank is at the

ADD mark, start your vehicle.
If the overheat warning continues, there’s one more
thing you can try. You can add the proper coolant mix
directly to the radiator, but be sure the cooling system is
cool before you do it.
5-17

A CAUTION:
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling
system can blow out and burn you badly. They
are under pressure, andif you turn the radiator
-- --
pressure cap even a little they can come out
at high speed. Never turn the cap when the
cooling system, including the radiator pressure
cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling system and
radiator pressure cap tocool if you ever have to
turn the pressure cap.
5-18

How to Add Coolant to the Radiator
2. Then keep turning the pressure cap, but now push

down as you turn it. Remove the pressure cap.
1 . You can remove the pressure cap when the cooling
system, including the pressure cap and upper radiator
hose, is no longer hot. Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise until it first stops. (Don't press
down while turning the pressure cap.)
If you hear a hiss. wait for that to stop. A hiss means
there is still some pressure left.
5-19

1
3. Fill the radiator with the proper DEX-COOL" 3. Then fill the coolant recovery tank to the ,4DD mark.
coolant mixture. up t o the base of the filler neck.
5 . Put t h e cap back o n the coolant recovery tank. but
leave the pressure cap off.
5-20

A
6. Start the engine and let it run until you can feel the 8. Then replace the pressure cap. At any time during
upper radiator hose getting hot. Watch out for the this procedure if coolant begins to flow out of the
engine fan. filler neck, reinstall the pressure cap. Be sure the
arrows on the pressure cap line up like this.
7 . By this time, the coolant level inside the filler neck
may be lower. If the Ievel is lower. add more of the
proper DEX-COOL@ coolant mixture through
the filler neck until the level reaches the base of the
filler neck.
5-21

Engine Fan Noise If a Tire Goes Flat
This vehicle has a clutched engine cooling fan.When It's unusual for a tire to "blow out" while you're driving.
the clutch is engaged, the fan spins fasterto provide especially if you maintain your tires properly. I f air goes
more air to cool the engine. In most everyday driving o u t of a tire, it's much Inore likely to leak out slowly.
conditions, the clutch is not engaged. This improves But if you should ever have ;I"blowout." here are a few
fuel economy and reduces fan noise. Under heavy tips about what to expect and what to do:
vehicle loading, trailer towing and/or high outside If a front tire fails. the flat tire w i l l create a drag that
temperatures. the fan speed increases when the clutch pulls the vehicle toward that side. Take your foot off the
engages. So you may hear an increase in fan noise. This
accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly.
is normal and should not be mistaken as the Steer to maintain lane position. and then gently brake to
transmission slipping or making extra shifts. It is merely a stop well out of the traffic lane.
the cooling system functioning properly. The fa11 will
slow down when additional cooling is not required and A rear blowout. particularly on a curve. acts much like a
the clutch disengages. skid and may require the same correction you'd use in a
skid. I n any rear blowout. remove your foot from the
You may also hear this fan noise when you start the xcelerator pedal. Get the \,chicle under control by
engine. It will go away as the fan clutch disengages. steering the way you want the vehicle to go. It may be
\.cry bunlpy and noisy. but you can still steer. Gently
brake to a stop -- well off the road if possible.
5-22

Changing a Flat Tire CAUTION: (Continued)
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire andwheel damage
by driving slowly to a levelplace. Turn on your hazard 3. If you have a four-wheel-drive vehicle
warning flashers. with a manual transfercase shift lever,
be sure the transfercase is in a drive
A CAUTION: --
gear not in NEUTRAL (N).
4. l b r n off the engine.
5. Put the wheel blocks at the frontand
Changing a tire can cause an injury. The vehicle rear of the tire farthestaway from the
can slip off the jack and
roll over you or other one being changed. That would bethe
people. You and they could be badly injured. tire on the other side of the vehicle, at
Find a level placeto change your tire. To help the opposite end.
prevent the vehicle from moving:
1. Set the parking brakefirmly.
2. Put an automatic transmission shift
lever in PARK (P) or shift a manual
transmission to FIRST (1) or
REVERSE (R).
5-23

To remove your jack cover,
pull up on the latch at the
end of the cover, near the
h endgate and the latch on the
top of the cover. Remove
the wheel blocks, jack and
wheel wrench.
The following instructions explain how to remove the

spare tire, depending on where it is mounted on
The following steps will tell you how to use the jack and your vehicle.
change a tire.
Removing the Spare Tire and Tools [ NOTICE:
The jacking equipment you'll need is stored along the
driver's rear wall. In some cases. you may have to Never remove or restow a tire frodto a stowage
remove the spare tire in order to reach the jack. Your position under the vehicle while the vehicle
is
vehicle is also equipped with work gloves and a plastic supported by a jack. Always tighten the tire fully
ground mat to assist in the changing of a flat tire. against the undersideof the vehicle when
restowing.
5-24

To remove the
underbody-mounted spare,
insert the chisel endof the
I NOTICE:
wheel wrench, on an angle, To help avoid vehicle damage, do not drive the
into the hole in the rear vehicle before the cable is restored.
bumper. Be sure the chisel
end of the wheel wrench
connects into the hoist shaft. If you have an inside-mounted spare tire, the tire must
be removed in order to have access to the jack storage.
To remove an inside-mounted spare tire, reach into your
tire's cover and unscrew the wing nut at the center of the
wheel. Remove it and the retainer. Unhook the tire from
the mounting bracket and remove the cover.
Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the
spare tire. Keep turning the wheel wrench until the spare To remove a rear-mounted spare tire, firstmake sure
tire can be pulled out from under the vehicle. that the carrier arm is fully latched to the endgate. Then
remove the spare tire cover.
When the tire has been completely lowered, tilt the
retainer at the end of the cable and pull it through the
wheel opening. Pull the tire out from under the vehicle.

The locking wheel nut can
I be removed by snapping the
rubber weather cover off the
face of the lock case.
Insert the key and pull

the lock case straight off.
The tools you'll be using include the jack ( A ) and wheel
It is not necessary to turn
wrench (B). Your vehicle may also have an optional hub
the key.
cap removal tool.
Put the spare tire near the flat tire.

The optional hub cap
removal tool is stowed with
Position the hub cap

removal tool in the notch
and pull straight away from
the wheel to avoid potential
damage to the hub cap and
wheel surface.
Remove the hub cap. If you have an aluminum orplastic

molded hub cap, pry it off with the chisel end of your
wheel wrench. If you have individual wheel nutcaps that cover each
nut, they must be removed in order to get to the wheel
Some of the molded plastic hub caps have imitation nuts. Use the socket end of the wheel wrench to remove
wheel nuts molded into them. The wheel wrench won’t the wheel nut caps.
fit these imitation nuts, so don’t try to remove them with
the socket end of the wheel wrench. Your wheel nut caps may attach your hub cap to the
wheel. Remove these wheel nut caps beforeyou take off
the hub cap.
5-27

Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the 3. Fit the jack into the appropriate hole nearest the
Spare Tire tlat tire.
L
E
&
A. Front Frame Hole

B. Rear Frame Hole (2-Door) or Spring Hanger Hole
(4- Door)

I /d CAUTION:
Getting under a vehicle when isitjacked upis
dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack, you
could be badly injuredor killed. Never get under
a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.
I NOTICE: a
Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly
positioned can damage the vehicle and even make 4. Raise the vehicle by turning the jack handle
the vehicle to fall. To help avoid personal injury clockwise. Raise the vehicle far enough off the
and vehicle damage, be sure tofit the jack lift ground so there is enough room for the spare tire
head into the proper location before raising to fit.
the vehicle. 5. Remove all the wheel nuts and take off the flat tire.

6. Remove' any rust or dirt
from the wheel bolts,
mounting surfaces and
spare wheel.
I A CAUTION: ~~
Never use oil or grease on studsor nuts. If you

do, the nuts might comeloose. Your wheel could
fall off, causing a serious accident.
7. Place the spare on the wheel mounting surface.

8. Put the nuts on by
hand. Make sure the
A CAUTION: cone-shaped end is
toward the wheel.
Tighten each nut by
Rust or dirt on the wheel, or on the parts to hand until the wheel is
which it is fastened, can make thewheel nuts held against the hub.
become loose after a time. The wheel could come If a nut can't be turned
off and cause an accident. Whenyou change a by hand. use the
wheel, remove any rust or dirt from the places wheel wrench and see
where the wheel attaches to thevehicle. In an your dealer as soon
as possible.
emergency, you can use a cloth or a paper towel
to do this; butbe sure to use a scraper or wire
brush later, if you need to, to get all the rustor
dirt off.
5-30

. . I
n
A
10. Use the wrench to tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a

crisscross sequence as shown.
9. Lower the vehicle by turning the jack handle

counterclockwise. Lower the jack completely.
5-31

Storing a Flat or Spare Tireand Tools
A CAUTION:
Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened A CAUTION:
wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose
and even come off. This could lead toan accident. Storing a jack,a tire or other equipment in the
Be sure to use the correctwheel nuts. If you have passenger compartment of the vehicle could
to replace them, besure toget new GNI original cause injury. Ina sudden stopor collision, loose
equipment wheel nuts. equipment could strike someone. Store all these
in the properplace.
Stop somewhereas soon as you can and have the
nuts tightened with a torque wrench to95 lb-ft
(130 Nom).
NOTICE:
An aluminum wheel with a flat tire should always
NOTICE: be stored under thevehicle with the hoist.
However, storing it thatway for anextended
Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to
period could damage thewheel. To avoid this,
brake pulsation and rotor damage.To avoid
expensive brake repairs, evenly tighten the wheel have the wheel repaired as soon as possible.
nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper
torque specification.

Follow this diagram to
store the underbody-mounted spare. 1. Put the tire on the ground at the rear of the vehicle,
with the valve stem pointed down andto the rear.
A. Retainer 2. Pull the retainer through the wheel.
B. Valve Stem 3. Put the chisel end of the wheel wrench, on an angle,
(Pointed Down) through the hole in the rear bumper and into the hoist
C. Spare or Flat Tire shaft. Turn the wheel wrench clockwise until the tire
is raised against the underside of the vehicle.
D. Spring
E. Wheel Wrench You will hear two “clicks“ whenthe tire is secure,
but pull on the tire to make sure.
E Lower
Y
; BJ
G. Raise
H. Hoist Arm
5-33

Follow this diagram for the inside-mounted spare. Follow this diagram for the rear-mounted spare.
C7
C
A. Spare or Flat Tire

D i - i,
A. Wheel Carrier
B. Retainer (Two-Wheel Drive) B. Spare Tire
C . Nut C. Wheel Nut and Locking Nut Cylinder
D. Retainer (Four-wheel Drive) Reinstall the locking wheel n u t using the wheel wrench.
E. Wheel Carrier Then push the lock case onto the lug nut until it stops.
The key does n o t have to be inserted into the lock. Push
E Hook the lock case to be sure it is secured. The special lug nut
and lock case is not intended to be used on any road
wheel. only on the spare wheel carrier. Tighten the nuts
on the wheel carrier to 22 to 32 Ib-ft (30 to 40 N-m).

Return the jack,wheel wrench and wheel blocks to the
proper location in your vehicle’s rear area. Secure the
items and replace the jack cover.
II A CAUTION:
Make sure the tire andcarrier are secure.
I Driving with the tire or carrier unlatched could
injure pedestrians or damage the vehicle.
Compact Spare Tire(If Equipped)

Although the compact spare tirewas fully inflated when
your vehicle was new, it can lose air after a time.Check
the inflation pressure regularly. It should be 60 psi
(420 kPa).
After installing the compact spare on your vehicle,
you should stop as soon as possible and make sure
- your spare tire is correctly inflated. Thecompact
A. Retainer E Wheel Blocks spare is made to perform well at speeds up to 65 mph
(105 km/h) for distancesup to 3,000 miles (5 000 km),
B. Rubber Band G . Hub Cap Removal so you can finish your trip and have your full-size tire
(Some Modelsj Tool (‘SomeModels) repaired or replaced where you want. Of course, it’s best
C . Work Gloves H. Wheel Wrench to replace your spare with a full-size tire as soon as you
can. Your spare will last longer and be in good shape in
D. Mat I. Jack case you need it again.
E. Jack Storage Cover J. JackingInstructions
5-35

If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud,
NOTICE: Ice or Snow
When the compact spare is installed, don’t take What you don‘t want to do when your vehicle is stuck is
your vehicle through an automatic car wash with to spin your wheels too fast. The method known as
guide rails. The compact spare can get caught on “rocking“ can help you get out when you’re stuck, but
you must use caution.
the rails. That can damage the tire and wheel,
and maybe other partsof your vehicle.
Don‘t use your compact spare on other vehicles

A CAUTION:
And don’t mix your compact spare tire or wheel with If you let your tires spin at high speed, they can
other wheels or tires. They won‘t fit. Keep your spare explode, andyou or others could be injured. And,
tire and its wheel together. the transmission or other parts of the vehicle can
overheat. That could cause an engine
compartment fireor other damage. When you’re
NOTICE: stuck, spin the wheels as little as possible.
Don’t
spin the wheels above 35 mph (55 k m h ) as shown
Tire chains won’t tit your compact spare. Using on the speedometer.
them can damage yourvehicle and can damage
the chains too. Don’t use tire chains onyour
compact spare.
5-36

Using the Recovery Hooks
I NOTICE: I
Spinning your wheels can destroy parts of your
vehicle as well as the tires. If youspin the wheels P
too fast while shifting your transmission back
and forth, you can destroy your transmission.
For information about using tire chains on your vehicle,

see “Tire Chains” in the Index.
Rocking Your Vehicle To Get It Out
First, turn your steering wheel left and right. That will
clear the area around your front wheels. Then shift back
and forth between REVERSE (R) and a forward gear
(or with a manual transmission, between FIRST ( 1) or Your vehicle may be equipped with recovery hooks.
SECOND ( 2 ) and REVERSE(R)), spinning the wheels The recovery hooks are provided at the front of your
as little as possible. Release the accelerator pedal while vehicle. You may need to use them if you’re stuck
you shift, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal off-road and need to be pulled to some place where you
when the transmission is in gear. If that doesn’t get you can continue driving.
out after a few tries, you may need to be towed out.
Or, you can use your recovery hooks if your vehicle has
them. If you do need to be towed out, see ”Towing
Your Vehicle” in the Index.
5-37

IA CAUTION:
The recovery hooks, when used, are undera lot of
force. Always pull the vehicle straight out. Never
pull on the hooks at a sideways angle. The hooks
could break off and you or others couldbe
injured from the chainor cable snapping back.
NOTICE: I
Never use the recovery hooks to tow thevehicle.
Your vehicle could be damaged and it would not
be covered by warranty.
5-38

Section 6 Service and Appearance Care
Here you will find information about the care of your vehicle. This section beginswith service and fuel information,
and then it shows how to check important fluid and lubricantlevels. There is also technical information about your
vehicle, and a part devoted to its appearance care.
6-3 Fuel 6-28 Brakes

6-4 Fuels in Foreign Countries 6-32 Battery
6-5 Filling Your Tank 6-3 3 Bulb Replacement
6-6 Checking Things Under the Hood 6-3 8 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement
6-9 Engine Oil 6-40 Tires
6- 13 Air Cleaner 6-49 Appearance Care
6- 14 Automatic Transmission Fluid 6-49 Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle
6-18 Manual Transmission Fluid 6-52 Care of Safety Belts
6- 19 Hydraulic Clutch 6-54 Cleaning the Outside of Your Vehicle
6-20 Rear Axle 6-57 Appearance Care Materials Chart
6-2 1 Four-wheel Drive and All-Wheel Drive 6-58 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
6-23 Engine Coolant 6-58 Service Parts IdentificationLabel
6-26 Radiator Pressure Cap 6-58 Electrical System
6-26 Thermostat 6-62 Replacement Bulbs
6-26 Power Steering Fluid 6-63 Capacities and Specifications
6-27 Windshield Washer Fluid 6-64 Air Conditioning Refrigerants

Service Your vehicle has an air bag system. Before attempting to
do your own service work. see “Servicing Your Air
Your GM dealer knows your vehicle best and wants you Bag-Equipped Vehicle” in the Index.
to be happy with it. We hope you’ll go to your dealer for
all your service needs. You‘ll get genuine GM parts and You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list
GM-trained and supported service people. the mileage and the date of any service work you
perform. See ”Maintenance Record?’in the Index.
We hope you’ll wantto keep your GM vehicle all GM.
Genuine GM parts have one of these marks:
I A CAUTION:
n You can be injured and yourvehicle could be
damaged if you try to do servicework on a
vehicle without knowing enough aboutit.
Delco Be sure you have sufficient knowledge,
experience, the proper replacement parts
and tools before you attempt any vehicle
Doing Your Own Service Work maintenance task.
Be sure to use the proper nuts, bolts and
other fasteners. “English” and “metric”
fasteners can be easily confused. If you use
the wrong fasteners, parts can later break
or fall off. You could be hurt.
6-2

Adding Equipmentto the Outsideof If you’re using fuel rated at 87 octane or higher andyou
Your Vehicle still hear heavy knocking, your engine needs service.
But don’t worry if you hear a little pinging noisewhen
Things you might add to the outside of your vehicle can you’re accelerating or drivingup a hill. That’s normal,
affect the airflow around it. This may cause wind noise and you don’t have to buy a higher octanefuel to get rid
and affect windshield washer performance. Check with of pinging. It’s the heavy, constant knock that means
your GM dealer before adding equipment tothe outside you have a problem.
of your vehicle.
If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emission
Fuel Standards (indicated on the underhood tune-up label), it
is designed to operateon fuels that meet California
Use regular unleaded gasoline rated at 87 octane or specifications. If such fuels are not available in states
higher. At a minimum, it should meet specifications adopting California emissions standards,your vehicle
ASTM D48 14 in the United States and CGSB 3.5-M93 will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal
in Canada. Improved gasoline specifications have been specifications, but emission control system performance
developed by the American Automobile Manufacturers may be affected. The malfunction indicator lamp on
Association ( AAMA) for better vehicle performance your instrument panel may turn on and/or your vehicle
and engine protection. Gasolines meeting the AAMA may fail a smog-check test. If this occurs, return to your
specification could provide improved driveability and authorized GM dealer for diagnosis to determine the
emission control system protection compared to cause of failure. In the event it is determined that the
other g a ~ )i nes.
l cause of the condition is the type of fuels used, repairs
Be S C I I -the
~ p o s ~ c octane
l is at least 87. If the octane is may not be covered by your warranty.
less than 87. y o u m a , gct a heavy knocking noise when
YOLI driirc. If’ it‘\ hac1 crlough. it can damage your engine.
6-3

Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low
emissions containan octane-enhancing additive called
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT);
I NOTICE:
ask your service station operatorwhether or not his fuel Your vehicle was not designedfor fuel that
contains MMT. General Motors does not recommend the
contains methanol. Don’t use it. It can corrode
use of such gasolines. If fuels containing MMT are used,
spark plug life may be reduced and your emission metal parts in your fuel system and also damage
control system performance may be affected. The plastic and rubber parts. That damage wouldn’t
malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument panel be covered under your warranty.
may turn on. If this occurs, return to your authorized
GM dealer for service. Fuels in Foreign Countries
To provide cleaner air, all gasolines in the United States If you plan on driving in another country outside the United
are now required to contain additives thatwill help States or Canada. the proper fuel may be hard to find. Never
prevent deposits from forming in your engine and fuel use leaded gasoline not recommended in the
or any other fuei
system, allowing your emission control system to previous text on fuel. Costly repairs caused by use of
function properly. Therefore, you should not have to add improper fuel wouldn’t be covered by your warranty.
anything to the fuel. In addition, gasolines containing To check on fuel availability, askan auto club. or
oxygenates, such as ethers and ethanol. and contact a major oil company that does business in the
reformulated gasolines may be available in your area to country where you’ll be driving.
help clean the air. General Motors recommends that you
You can also write us at the following address for
use these gasolines if they comply with the
advice. Just tell us where you’re going and give your
specifications described earlier.
Vehicle Identification Number (VTN).
General Motors International Product Center
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa. Ontario L 1H 8P7
6-4

Filling Your Tank To take off the cap, turn
it slowly to the left
The fuel capis behind (counterclockwise). The
a hinged door on the cap has a spring in it; if
driver’s sideof you let go of the cap
your vehicle. too soon, it will spring
back to the right.
A CAUTION:
A CAUTION: If you get gasoline on yourself and then
Gasoline vapor ishighly flammable. It burns something ignites it, you could be badly burned.
violently, and that cancause very bad injuries. Gasoline can sprayout on you if you open the
Don’t smoke if you’re near gasoline or refueling fuel filler cap too quickly. This spray can happen
your vehicle. Keep sparks, flames and smoking if your tank is nearly full, and is more likely in
materials away fromgasoline. hot weather. Open thefuel filler cap slowly and
wait for any“hiss” noise to stop. Then unscrew
the cap all theway.
6-5

Be careful not to spill gasoline. Clean gasoline from Checking Things Under the Hood
painted surfaces as soon as possible. See "Cleaning the
Outside of Your Vehicle" in the Index. To open the hood, first pull
the handle inside the vehicle
When you put the cap back on, turn it to the right on the lower driver's side of
(clockwise) until you hear a clicking sound. Make sure the instrument panel.
you fully install the cap. The diagnosticsystem can
determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly
installed. This would allow fuel to evaporate into the
atmosphere. See "Malfunction Indicator Lamp" in 1
the Index.
NOTICE:
Then go t o the front of the vehicle and release the
If you need a new cap, be sure to get the right secondary hood release.
type. Your dealer can get one for you. If you get
the wrong type, itmay not fit properly. This may
cause your malfunction indicator lamp to light
and your fuel tank and emissions system may be
damaged. See "Malfunction Indicator Lamp" in
the Index.
6-6

I A CAUTION:
Things that burn can geton hot engine parts and
start a fire. These include liquids like gasoline,
oil, coolant, brake fluid, windshield washer and
other fluids, and plastic or rubber. You or others
could be burned. Be careful not to dropor spill
things that will burn onto a hot engine.
Lift the hood, release the hood prop from its retainer and
put the hood prop into the slot in the hood. You may
have a lamp that comes on when you lift the hood.
6-7

When you lift the hood. you'll see these items:
B -- ."*f . ..
A. Battery D. Transmission Dipstick G. Brake Master Cylinder

B. Coolant Recovery Tank E. Engine Oil Fill H. Air Cleaner
C. Engine Oil Dipstick F. Power Steering Reservoir I. Windshield Washer Fluid
6-8

Before closing the hood, be sure allthe filler caps areon Checking Engine Oil
properly. Then lift the hood to relieve pressure on the
Pull out the dipstick and clean it with apaper towel or
hood prop.
cloth, then push it back in all the way. Remove it again,
Remove the hood prop from theslot in the hood and keeping the tip down,and check the level.
return the prop to its retainer.
Then just pull the hood down firmly to close. It will
latch when dropped from 10 to12 inches (25 to 30 cm)
without pressing on the hood.
Engine Oil
It’s a good idea to check your engineoil every timeyou
get fuel. In order to get an accurate reading, the oil must
be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground.
The oil dipstick is a
yellow ring.
Turn off the engine and give
the oil a few minutes to
drain back into the oil pan.
If you don’t, the oil dipstick
might not show the
actual level.
6-9

When to Add Oil What Kind of Oil to Use
If the oil is at or below the ADD line. then you'll need Oils recommended for your vehicle can be identified by
to add at least one quart of oil. But you must use the looking for the "Starburst" symbol. This symbol
right kind. This part explains what kind of oil to use. For indicates that the oil has been certified by the American
crankcase capacity, see "Capacitiesand Specifications" Petroleunl Institute (API). Do not use any oil which
in the Index. does not carry this Starburst symbol.
NOTICE:
Don't add too much oil. If your engine has so
much oil that the oil level gets above the
cross-hatched area thatshows the proper
operating range, your engine could be damaged.
Be sure to fill i t enough to put the level somewhere i n

the proper operating range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when you're through.
If you change your own oil. be sure you use oil that has
the Starburst symbol o n the front of the oil container. If
you have your oil changed for you, be sure the oil put
into your engine is American Petroleum Institute
certified for gasoline engines.
You should also use the proper viscosity oil for your
vehicle. as shown in the following chart:
6-10

As shown in the chart, SAE 5W-30 is best for your
SAL VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS vehicle. However, you can use SAE 1OW-30 if it's going
FOR BEST FUEL ECONOMY AN0 COLD STARTING, SELECT THE LOWEST to be 0" F (- 18 " C )or above. Thesenumbers on an oil
SAE VISCOSITY GRADE OIL FOR THL'EXPECTEDTEMPERATURE RANGE.
container show its viscosity, or thickness. Do not use
other viscosity oils, such as SAE 20W-50.
LOOK
HOT
WEATHER
FOR THIS
SYMBOL I NOTICE:
Use only engine oil with the American Petroleum
Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines
"Starburst" symbol. Failure to use the
recommended oil can result in engine damage not
GM Goodwrench@oil meets all the requirements for

your vehicle.
If you are in an area where the temperature falls below
-20°F (-29OC), consider using either an SAE 5W-30
synthetic oil or an SAE OW-30 oil. Both will provide
'---.l
easier cold startingand better protection for your engine
COLD
WEATHER at extremely low temperatures.
DO NOT USE SAE 2OW-50 OR ANY OTHER
GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED
6-11

Engine Oil Additives Driving under these conditions causes engine oil to
break down sooner. If any one of these is true for your
Don't add anything to your oil. Your GM dealer is ready vehicle, then you need to change your oil and filter
to advise if you think something should be added. every 3.000 miles ( 5 000 km) or 3 months -- whichever
When to Change Engine Oil occllrs first.
If any one of these is true for you. use the short tripkity If none of them is true, use the long trip/highway
. maintenance schedule: maintenance schedule. Change the oil and filter every
7,500 miles ( 12 500 km) or 12 months -- whichever
a Most trips are less than 5 to 10 miles ( 8 to 16 km). occurs first. Drivinga vehicle with a fully warmed
This is particularly important when outside engine under highway conditions causes engine oil to
temperatures are below freezing. break down slower.
a Most trips include extensive idling (such as frequent
driving in stop-and-go traffic). Remote Oil Filter (Four-wheel Drive)
a You operate your vehicle in dusty areas or The access door for the remote oil filter is in the steering
linkage shield assembly located under the radiator
off-road frequently.
support. Twist the screw to unlock or lock the door.
0 You frequently tow a trailer or use a currier on top of Make sure if you open the door. it is securely closed
your vehicle. when ~ O L are
I finished.
a The vehicle is used for delivery service. police, taxi
or other commercial application.
6-12

What to Do with Used Oil Air Cleaner
Did you know that used engine oil contains certain
elements that may be unhealthy for your skin and could
even cause cancer? Don't let used oil stay on your skin
for very long. Clean your skin and nails with soap and
water, or a good hand cleaner. Wash or properly throw cr
away clothing or rags containingused engine oil. (See
the manufacturer's warnings about the use and disposal
of oil products.)
Used oil can be a real threat to the environment. If you
change your own oil. be sure to drain all free-flowing oil
from the filter before disposal.Don't ever dispose of oil
by putting it in the trash. pouring it on the ground, into
sewers, or into streams or bodiesof water. Instead,
recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil. If
you have a problem properly disposing of your used oil,
ask your dealer, a service station or alocal recycling To remove the air cleaner, remove the wing nuts that
center for help. hold the cover on. Remove the cover and lift out the
air filter.
Insert a new air filter, then replace the air cleaner cover.
Tighten the wing nuts to hold the cover in place.
- ..
6-13

Automatic Transmission Fluid
A CAUTION: When to Check and Change
Operating the engine with the air cleaner off can A good time to check your automatic transmission fluid
cause you or others tobe burned. The air cleaner level is when the engine oil is changed.
not only cleans theair, it stops flameif the engine Change both the fluid and filter every 50,000 miles
backfires. If it isn’t there, and the engine (53 000 km) if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or
backfires, you could be burned. Don’t drive with more of these conditions:
it off, and be careful working on the engine with In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature
the air cleaneroff. regularly reaches 90°F (32°C) or higher.
In hilly or mountainous terrain.
When doing frequent trailer towing.
NOTICE: Uses such as found in taxi. police or delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle under any of these
If the air cleaneris off, a backfire can causea conditions, the fluid and filter do not require changing.
damaging engine fire. And, dirt can easily get See “Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the Index.
into your engine, whichwill damage it. Always
have the air cleaner in place when you’re driving.
6-14

How to Check Wait at least 30 minutes before checking the
transmission fluid level if you have been driving:
Because this operation can be a little difficult,you may
choose to have this done atyour GM dealership 0 When outside temperatures are above 90°F (32°C).
Service Department. At high speed for quite a while.
If you do it yourself, be sure to follow all the In heavy traffic -- especially in hot weather.
instructions here, or you could get a false reading
on the dipstick. 0 While pulling a trailer.
To get the right reading, the fluid should be at normal
operating temperature, which is 180°F to 200°F (83OC
NOTICE: to 93°C).
Too much or too little fluid can damage your Checking Transmission Fluid Hot
transmission. Too much can mean that some of Get the vehicle warmed up by driving about 15 miles
~ the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine (24 km) when outside temperatures areabove 50°F
parts or exhaust system parts, starting a fire. Be (IOOC). If it's colder than 50°F ( I OOC ) , drive the
' sure to get an accurate reading if you check your vehicle in DRIVE (D) until the engine temperature gage
transmission fluid. moves and then remains steady for 10 minutes. Then
follow the hot check procedures.
6-15

Checking Transmission Fluid Cold Then, without shutting off the engine, follow these steps:
A cold check is made after the vehicle has been sitting
for eight hours ormore with the engine off and is used
only as a reference. Let the engine run at idle for five
minutes if outside temperatures are50°F ( 10°C) or
more. If it's colder than 50°F ( I O O C ) , you may have to
idle the engine longer. Should the fluid level be low
during a cold check. you mrrst perform a hot check
before adding fluid. This will give you a more accurate
reading of the fluid level.
Checking the Fluid Hot or Cold
0 Park your \.tthicle on a level place. Keep the
engine running.
0 With the parking brake applied. place the shift lever
i n PARK ( P ) .
1. Flip the handle up and then pull out the dipstick and
wipe it with a clean rag or paper towel.
2. Push i t back in all the way, wait three seconds and
then p ~ d li t back out again.
6-16

How to Add Fluid
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determinewhat
kind of transmission fluid to use. See “Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.
Add fluid only after checking thetransmission fluid
HOT. (A COLD check is used only as a reference.) If
the fluid level is low, add only enough of the proper
fluid to bring the level up to the HOT area for a hot
check. it doesn’t take much fluid, generally less than
one pint (0.5 L). Don’t overfill.
3. Check both sides of the dipstick, and read the lower
level. The fluid level must be in the COLD area for a
cold checkor in the HOT area or cross-hatched area I
~
NOTICE:
~~ ~
for a hot check.

We recommend you use only fluid labeled
4. If the fluid level is in the acceptable range, push the DEXRON@-111,because fluid with that label is
dipstick back in all the way; then flip the handle
made especially for your automatic transmission.
down to lock the dipstick in place.
Damage caused by fluid other than DEXRON-111
is not covered by your new vehicle warranty.
After adding fluid, recheck the fluid level as

described under “How to Check.”
When the correct fluid level is obtained, push the
dipstick back in all the way; then flip the handle
down to lock the dipstick in place.
6-17

Manual Transmission Fluid Check the fluid level only when your engine is off, the
vehicle is parked on a level place and the transmission is
When to Check cool enough for you to rest your fingers on the
transmission case.
A good time to have it checked is when the engine oil is
changed. However, the fluid in your manual Then. follow these steps:
transmission doesn't require changing.
How to Check
Because this operation can be a little difficult. you
rnay choose to have this done at your GM dealership
Service Department.
If you do it yourself. be sure to follow all the
instructions here, or you could get a false reading.
I NOTICE:
i Too much or too little fluid can damage your
1 transmission. Too much can mean that someof
the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine 1. Remove the filler plug.
parts or exhaust system parts, starting afire. Be 2. Check that the lubricant level is LIPto the bottom of
sure to get an accurate readingif you check your the filler plug hole.
transmission fluid.
3. If the fluid level is good. install the p l ~ ~mgd be sure
it is f ~ l l l yseated. If the fluid level is low. add more
fluid as described in the next steps.
6-18

How to Add Fluid When to Check and What to Use
Here’s how to add fluid. Referto the Maintenance
Schedule to determinewhat kind of fluid to use. See
“Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.
I. Remove the filler plug.
2. Add fluid at the filler plughole. Add only enough
fluid tobring the fluid levelup to the bottom of the
filler plughole.
3. Install the filler plug.Be sure the plug is fully seated.
Hydraulic Clutch
The hydraulic clutch systemin your vehicle is
self-adjusting. A slight amount of play (1/4 inch to
112 inch or 6 mm to 12 mm) in the pedal is normal.
It isn’t a good idea to “top off’ your clutch fluid. Adding Refer to the Maintenance Schedule, Owner Checks and
fluid won’t correct a leak. A fluid loss in this system Services, to determine how oftenyou should check the
could indicate a problem. Have the system inspected fluid level in your clutch master cylinderreservoir and
and repaired. for the proper fluid. See “Owner Checksand Services”
and “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants”in
the Index.
6-19

How to Check How to Check Lubricant
The proper fluid should be added if the level does not
reach the bottom of the diaphragm when it's in place in
the reservoir. See the instructions on the reservoir cap.
Rear Axle
When to Check and Change Lubricant
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how
often to check the lubricant and when to change it. See
"Scheduled Maintenance Services" in the Index.
If the level is below the bottom of the fiIler plug hole,

you'll need to add some lubricant. Add enough lubricant
to raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole.
What to Use
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what
kind of lubricant to use. See "Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants" in the Index.
6-20

Four-wheel Drive and How to Check Lubricant
All-Wheel Drive
Most lubricant checks in this section also applyto
four-wheel-drive vehicles. However, they have two
additional systems that need lubrication.
Transfer Case
When to Check Lubricant
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how
often to check the lubricant. See “Periodic Maintenance
Inspections’’ in the Index.
If the level is below the bottom of the filler plug hole,

you’ll need to add some lubricant. Add enough lubricant
to raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole.
What to Use
kind of lubricant to use. See “Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants” in the Index.
6-21

Front Axle If the level is below the bottom of the filler plug hole,
you‘ll need to add some lubricant.
When to Check and Change Lubricant
If the differential is at operating temperature (warm),
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how add enough lubricant to raise the level to the bottom of
often to check the lubricant and when to change it. See the filler plug hole.
“Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the Index.
If the differential is cold, add enough lubricant to raise
How to Check Lubricant the level to 1/2 inch (: 12 mm) below the filler plug hole.
What to Use
kind of lubricant to use. See ”Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants” in the Index.
6-22

Engine Coolant
The cooling s stem in your vehicle is filled with
NOTICE:
DEX-COOL J engine coolant. This cooIant is designed
to remain in your vehicle for 5 years or 150,000 miles When adding coolant,it is important thatyou use
(240 000 km) whichever occurs first, if you add only only DEX-COOL@(silicate-free) coolant.
DEX-COOL’ extended life coolant. If coolant other than DEX-COOL@ is added to
The following explains your cooling system and how to I the system, premature engine, heater coreor
add coolant when it is low. If you have a problem with radiator corrosion may result. In addition, the
engine overheating, see “Engine Overheating” in --
engine coolant will require change sooner at
the Index. 30,000 miles (50 000 km) or24 months,
A 50/50 mixture of water and the DEX-COOL@coolant whichever occurs first. Damage caused by the use
for your vehicle will: of coolant other than DEX-COOL@ is not
covered by your new vehicle warranty.
Give freezing protection down to -34°F (-37°C).
Give boiling protection up to 265 “ F ( 129°C).
What to Use
Protect against rust and corrosion.
Use a mixture of one-half clean water (preferably
Help keep the proper engine temperature. distilled) and one-half DEX-COOL@ coolant which
Let the warning lights and gages work as won’t damage aluminum parts. If you use this mixture.
they should. you don’t need to add anything else.
6-23

A CAUTION: NOTICE:
Adding only plain waterto yourcooling system If you usean impropercoolant mix, your engine
can be dangerous. Plainwater, or some other could overheat andbe badly damaged. The
liquid like alcohol, can boil before theproper repair cost wouldn’t be coveredby your
coolant mix will. Your vehicle’scoolant warning warranty. Too much waterin the mix can freeze
system is setfor the proper coolant mix. With and crack theengine, radiator, heater core and
plain water or thewrong mix, your engine could other parts.
get too hot but you wouldn’t get the overheat
warning. Your engine could catch fire andyou or If you have to add coolant more than four times ayear,
others could be burned.Use a 5060 mix of clean have your dealer checkyour cooling system.
water and DEX-COOL@coolant.
I NOTICE:
If you use the propercoolant, you don’t have to
add extra inhibitorsor additives which claim to
improve the system. These can be harmful.
6-24

Turning the radiator pressure cap when the
engine and'radiator arehot can allow steam and
scalding liquidsto blow out and burnyou badly.
With the coolant recovery tank, you will almost
never have toadd coolant at the radiator.
--
Never turn the radiator pressure cap even a
--
little when the engine and radiator arehot.
I
.dd DEX-COOL@coolant mixture at the vnlrn-

mk, but be careful not to sp"'
;+

Radiator Pressure Cap Thermostat
a Engine coolant temperature is controlled by a thermostat

in the engine coolant system.The thermostat stops the
flow of coolant through the radiator until the coolant
reaches a preset temperature.
Power Steering Fluid
...
- --.
... .,
NOTICE:
Your radiator cap is a 15 psi (105 kPa)
pressure-type cap and must be tightly installedto
prevent coolant loss and possible engine damage
from overheating. Be sure the arrowson the cap
line up with the overflow tube on the radiator
filler neck.
6-26

When to Check Power Steering Fluid Windshield Washer Fluid
It is not necessary to regularly checkpower steering
fluid unlessyou suspect thereis a leak in the system or
What to Use
you hear an unusual noise.A fluid loss in this system When you need windshield washer fluid, be sure to read
could indicate a problem. Have the system inspected the manufacturer’s instructionsbefore use. If you will be
and repaired. operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature
may fall below freezing, use a fluid that has sufficient
How To Check Power Steering Fluid protection against freezing.
When the engine compartmentis cool, wipe the cap and
the top of the reservoir clean,then unscrew the cap and
Adding Washer Fluid
wipe the dipstickwith a clean rag.Replace the cap and
completely tightenit. Then remove the cap again and
look at the fluid level onthe dipstick.
The level shouldbe between the ADD and FULL marks.
If necessary, add only enough fluid
to the proper range.
to bring the level up 1i.
What to Use L
To determine what kind of fluid to use, see . . ‘r
“Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.

Always use the proper fluid. Failureto use the proper
tluid can cause leaksand damage hoses and seals.
Open the cap labeled WASHER FLUID ONLY with the

washer symbol on it. Add washer fluid until the tank is full.
7 6-27

Brakes
NOTICE:
Brake Fluid
0 When using concentrated washer fluid,
follow the manufacturer's instructions for
adding water.
0 Don't mix water with ready-to-use washer
fluid, Water can cause the solutionto freeze
and damage your washer fluid tank and
other partsof the washer system.Also, c
water doesn't clean as well as washer fluid.

0 Fill your washer fluid tank only
three-quarters full when it's very cold. This
allows for expansionif freezing occurs,
which could damage the tankif it is
completely full.
0 Don't use radiator antifreeze in your
windshield washer. It can damage your Your brake master cylinder reservoir is here. It is filled
washer system and paint. with DOT-3 brake fluid.

There are only two reasonswhy the brake fluid level in Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine when to
the reservoir might go down. The first is that the brake check your brake fluid. See“Periodic Maintenance
fluid goes down to an acceptable level during normal Inspections” in the Index.
brake lining wear. When new linings are put in, the fluid
level goes back up. The other reason isthat fluid is Checking Brake Fluid
leaking out of the brake system. If it is, you should have
your brake system fixed, since aleak means that sooner I
or later your brakes won’t work well, or won’t work
at all.
So, it isn’t a good idea to “topoff’ your brake fluid.
Adding brake fluid won’t correct a leak. If you add fluid
when your linings are worn, then you’ll have too much
fluid when you get new brake linings. You should add
(or remove) brake fluid, as necessary, only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic system.
IA CAUTION:
&-
If you have too much brake fluid, it can spill on the You can check the brake fluid without taking off the cap.
engine. The fluid will burn if the engineis hot Just look at the windows on the brake fluid reservoir.
enough. You or others could be burned, and your The fluid levels shouldbe above MIN. If they aren’t,
vehicle could be damaged. Add brake fluid only have your brake system checked to see if there is a leak.
when work is done on the brake hydraulic system.
After work is done on the brake hydraulic system,make
sure the levels areabove MIN and below the top of
each window.
6-29

What to Add
When you do need brake fluid, use only DOT-3 brake NOTICE:
fluid -- such as Delco Supreme 1 1 (GM Part
@
No. 12377967). Use new brake fluid from a sealed Using the wrong fluid can badly damage
container only. brake system parts. For example, just a few
Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area drops of mineral-based oil, such as engine
around the cap before removing it. This will help keep oil, in your brake system can damage brake
dirt from entering the reservoir. system parts so badly that they’ll have to be
replaced. Don’t let someone putin the
1A CAUTION: 1 wrong kind of fluid.

If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle’s
painted surfaces, the paint finish can be
With the wrong kindof fluid in your brake damaged. Be careful not to spill brake fluid
system, your brakes may not work well, or they on your vehicle. If you do, wash itoff
may not even work at all. This could causea immediately. See “Appearance Care” in
crash. Always use the proper brake fluid. the Index.
6-30

Brake Pedal Travel When you replace parts of your braking system -- for
example, when your brake linings wear down and you
See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to have to have new ones put in -- be sure you get new
normal height, or if there is a rapid increase in pedal approved GM replacement parts. If you don‘t, your
travel. This couldbe a sign of brake trouble. brakes may no longer work properly. For example, if
Brake Adjustment someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for your
vehicle, the balance between your front and rear brakes
Every time you make a brake stop, your disc brakes can change -- for the worse. The braking performance
adjust for wear. you’ve come to expect can change in many other ways if
If your brake pedal goes down farther thannormal. your someone puts in the wrong replacement brake parts.
rear drum brakes may need adjustment. Adjust them by
backing up and firmly applying the brakes a few times.
Battery
Every new vehicle has a Delco Freedom@battery. You
Replacing Brake System Parts never have to add water to one of these. When it’s time
The braking system on a modern vehicle is complex. Its for a new battery, we recommend a Delco Freedom
many parts have to be of top quality and work well battery. Get one that has the replacement number shown
together if the vehicle is to have really good braking. on the original battery’s label.
Your vehicle was designed and tested with top-quality
GM brake parts.
6-32

Vehicle Storage Bulb Replacement
If you’re not going todnve your vehicle for 25 days or Before you replace any bulbs, be sure that all the lamps
more, take off the black, negative (-) cable from the battery. are off and the engine isn’t running. See “Replacement
This will help keep your battery fiom running down. Bulbs” in the Index.
I A CAUTION: Halogen Bulbs
Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas

that canexplode. You can be badly hurt if you
I /d CAUTION:
, aren’t careful. See “Jump Starting” in the Index Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and
for tipson working around a battery without can burst if you drop or scratch thebulb. You or
getting hurt. others could be injured. Be sure to read and
follow the instructionson the bulbpackage.
Contact your dealerto learn how to prepare your vehicle

for longer storage periods.
Also, for your audio system, see “Theft-Deterrent
Feature” in the Index.
6-33

Headlamps 2. Pull the headlamp out
and remove the retainer.
Sealed Beam Lamps
1. Remove the screws from
the headlamp retainer.
I 3. Unplug and remove the headlamp.

4. Plug in the new headlamp and put it i n place.
5 . Put the retainer on the headlamp and install and
tighten the screws.
6-34

Composite Headlamps 4. Unplug the electrical connector.
1. Open the hood. 5. Turn the bulb
2. Remove the black counterclockwise to
protective caps from the remove it.
removal pins at the top
of the radiator support.
Use a hex socket to
unscrew the pins.
c
6. Put the new bulb into the headlamp lens assembly

3. Pull the headlamp lens
and turn it clockwise until it is tight.
assembly out. (Some
I , . .*::g>
1.21 , ' ..-g vehicles may have 7. Plug in the electrical connector.
side-by-side bulbs.) 8. Put the headlamp lens assembly back into the
.. '
vehicle. Install and tighten the screws.

Front Turn Signal Lamps 2. Turn the socket counterclockwise and pull it out.
If you have fog lamps. the fog lamp bracket must be 3. Holding the base of the bulb, pull the bulb straight
removed before you can replace the front turn out of the socket.
signal lamps. 4. Push the new bulb into the socket until it clicks.
5. Put the socket back into the turn signal lamp
assembly and turn it clockwise until it locks
into place.
Front Sidemarker Lamps

L
1 1. Remove the lens retaining screws.
-.
? Remove the sidemarker lens from the radiator grille.
3. Turn the bulb and socket one-quarter turn

U counterclockwise.
3. Remove the bulb and socket from the lens.
5 . Install the new bulb and socket to the
sidemarker lens.
I . Reach under the bumper and behind the turn s i p a l 6. Rotate the bulb and socket one-quarter of a
lamp assembly. turn clockwise.
7 . Install the sidemarker lens to the radiator grille.
8. Insert the tabs into the locators.
9. Install and tighten the screws.
6-36

Taillamps 6. Push the new bulb straight into the socket until
it clicks.
1. Open the endgate.
7. Put the socket into the lamp assembly and turn the
2. Remove the two screws socket clockwise until it locks into place.
from the lamp assembly.
8. Install the lamp assembly and screws.
9. Close the endgate.
Underhood Lamp
1. Disconnect the electrical connector from the
underhood lamp assembly.
2. Remove the screws.
3. Disconnect the ground wire.
4. Remove the lamp assembly from the hood.
3. Pull the assembly away from the vehicle. 5 . Install the new bulb.
4. Turn the socket counterclockwise to remove it. Push 6. Replace the assembly. Install and tighten the screws.
the tab in while you turn the socket 7 . Connect the ground wire.
counterclockwise.
8. Connect the electrical connectorto the
5. Holding the base of the bulb, pull the bulb straight
lamp assembly.
out of the socket.

Front Reading Lamps 4. Press the new bulb into place.
1. Use a coin or small screwdriverto unscrew the 5 . Slide the side tabs of the lens under the side of the
center of the overhead console lamp lens while vanity assembly frame.
pressing in on the lamp assembly. 6. Rotate the lens downward.
2 . Remove the lamp assembly from the console. 7. Snap the lens into the frame.
3. Remove the bulb assembly from the lamp assembly.
Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement
4. Pull the bulb straight out of the base.
See "Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts" in the
5 . Put a new bulb into the bulb base. Index for the proper type of replacement blade.
6 . Install the bulb assembly into the lamp assembly.
I 1
7. Place the lamp assembly into the console, turning it NOTICE:
to latch it in place.
8. Install the lens. Use care when removingor installing a blade
assembly. Accidental bumping can causethe arm
Vanity Mirror Lamps to fall back and strike the windshield.
1. Insert the blade of a small screwdriver into the center
slot at the bottom of the lens.
1. To remove the old wiper blades. lift the wiper arm
2. Gently pry the screwdriver down in order to lift out until it locks into a vertical position.
the lens.
3. Pry out the bulb.
6-38

3. Remove the insert from the blade assembly. The
insert has two notches at one end that are locked by
the bottom claws of the blade assembly.At the
notched end, pull the insert from the blade assembly.
A. Blade Assembly D. Blade Pivot

‘0
B. Arm Assembly E. Hook Slot 4. To install the new wiper insert, slide the insert (D),
C . Locking Tab E Arm Hook notched end last, into the end with two blade claws
(A). Slide the insert all the way through the blade
2. Press down on the blade assembly pivot locking tab. claws at the opposite end(B). The plastic caps ( C )
Pull down on the blade assembly to release it from will be forced off as the insert is fully inserted.
the wiper arm hook. 5. Be sure that the notches are locked by the bottom
claws. Make sure that all other claws areproperly
locked on both sides of the insert slots.
6-39

Backglass Wiper Blade Replacement
See “Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement’‘ in this
section for instructions on how to change the backglass
wiper blade. The backglass wiper blade will not lock in
a vertical position like the windshield wiper blade, so
care should be used when pulling it away from
the vehicle.
Tires
Your new ve.hicle comes with high-quality tires made by
a leading tire manufacturer. If you ever have questions
about your tire warranty and where to obtain service. see
your warranty booklet for details.
B C
-~
A. Claw in IVotch
B. Correct Installation
C. Incorrect Installation
6 . Put the hlxit. a~st.mblypivot in the wiper arm hook.
Pull up u n t i l fhc pi\.ot locking tab locks in the
h o o k slot.
7. Caref’uIIv Io\t.cr the wiper arm and blade assembly
o n t o the \vindshiclci.

Inflation -- Tire Pressure
The CertificationRire label,which is on the driver’s
~ ~~~ ~~~
door edge, above the door latch, shows the correct

Poorly maintained and improperly used tires inflation pressures for your tires when they’re cold.
are dangerous. “Cold” means your vehicle has been sitting for at least
three hours or driven no more than 1 mile (1.6 km).
0 Overloading your tires can cause
overheating as a result of too much friction.
You could have an air-out anda serious NOTICE:
accident. See “Loading YourVehicle” in
the Index. Don’t let anyone tell you that underinflation or
0 Underinflated tires pose the same dangeras overinflation is all right. It’s not. If your tires
overloaded tires. The resulting accident don’t have enough air (underinflation), you can
could cause serious injury. Check all tires get the following:
frequently to maintain the recommended 0 Too much flexing
pressure. Tire pressure should be checked 0 Too much heat
when your tires arecold. Tire overloading
0 Overinflated tires are more likely to be Bad wear
cut, punctured or brokenby a sudden 0 Bad handling
--
impact such as whenyou hit a pothole. Bad fuel economy.
Keep tires at the recommended pressure.
0 Worn, old tires can cause accidents. If your
NOTICE: (Continued)
tread is badly worn, or if your tires have
been damaged. replace them.
6-41

I NOTICE: (Continued) I Tire Inspection and Rotation
Tires should be rotated every 6.000 to 8.000 miles
If your tires have too muchair (overinflation), (10 000 t o 13 000 km). Any time you notice unusual
you can get the following: wear. rotate your tires as soon as possible and check
wheel alignment. Also check for damaged tires or
Unusual wear wheels. See "When It's Time for New Tires" and
Badhandling "Wheel Replacement'' later in this section for
Roughride more information.
Needless damage from road hazards.
The purpose of regular rotation is to achieve more
uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle. The first
When to Check rotation is the most important. See "Scheduled
Maintenance Services" in the Index for scheduled
Check your tires once a month or more. Also. check the rotation intervals.
tire pressure of the spare tire.
If you have a compact spare tire. it should be at 60 psi
(420 kPa).
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type gage to check tire
pressure. You can't tell if your tires are properly inflated
simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look
properly inflated even when they're underinflated.
Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems.
They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture.
6-42

i
I
Rust or dirton a wheel, or on theparts to which
it is fastened, can makewheel nuts become loose
after a time. The wheel could come off and cause
an accident. When you change awheel, remove
LWA r any rust or dirt from places where the wheel
I
attaches to thevehicle. In an emergency, you can
use a cloth or a paper towel to dothis; but be
sure touse a scraper orwire brush later, if you
need to, to get all the rust or dirtoff. (See
“Changing a Flat Tire”in the Index.)
If your vehicle has a compact spare tire, don’t include
it
in your tire rotation.
After the tires have been rotated, adjustthe front and
rear inflation pressures as shown on the
CertificationRire label. Makecertain that all wheel nuts
are properly tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque” in
the Index.
6-43

When It's Time for New Tires 0 The tire has a bump, bulge or split.
One way to tell when it's The tire has a puncture, cut or other damage that
time for new tires is to can't be repaired well because of the size or location
check the treadwear of the damage.
indicators, which will
appear when your tires have
Buying New Tires
only 1/16 inch ( 1.6 mm) or To find out what kind and size of tires you need. look at
less of tread remaining. the CertificatiodTire label.
The tires installed on your vehicle when it was new had
a Tire Performance Criteria Specification (TPC Spec)
number on each tire's sidewall. When you get new tires.
oet ones with that same TPC Spec number. That way
t
your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed
t o give proper endurance. handling, speed rating,
You need a new tire if any of the following statements traction. ride and other things during normal service on
are true: your vehicle. If your tires have an all-season tread
You can see the indicators at three or more places design, the TPC number will be followed by an "MS"
around the tire. (for mud and snow).
0 You can see cord or fabric showing through the If you ever replace your tires with those not having a
tire's rubber. TPC Spec number, make sure they are the same size,
load range, speed rating and construction type (bias,
0 The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut or snagged deep
bias-belted or radial)as your original tires.
enough to show cord or fabric.
6-44

I A CAUTION: not apply to deep tread, winter-type snow tires,
space-saver or temporary use spare tires, tires with
nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
or to some lirnited-production tires.
Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while
While the tires available on General Motors passenger
driving. If you mix tires of different sizes or types
cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these
(radial andbias-belted tires), thevehicle may not grades, they must also conform to Federal safety
handle properly, andyou could have a crash. requirements and additional General Motors Tire
Using tires of different sizes may also cause Performance Criteria (TPC) standards.
damage to yourvehicle. Be sure touse the same
size and type tires on all wheels. Treadwear
It’s all rightto drive with your compact spare The treadwear gradeis a comparative rating based on
(if you have one). It was developed for use on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled
your vehicle. conditions on a specified government test course. For
example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half
( 1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire
Uniform Tire Quality Grading graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and
The following information relates tothe system may depart significantlyfrom the norm due to variations
developed by the United States National Highway in driving habits, service practices and differences in
Traffic Safety Administration, which grades tires by road characteristics and climate.
treadwear, traction and temperature performance. (This
applies only to vehicles sold in the United States.) The
grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger
car tires. The Uniform Tire Quality Grading system does
6-45

Traction -- A, B, C Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is
The traction sades, from highest to lowesr. are A. B. and established for a tire that is properly inflated and not
C, and they represent the tire's ability to stop on wet overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or
pavement as measured under controlled conditions on excessive loading, either separatelyo r in combination.
specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
A tire marked C may have poor traction per-fornmance. Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced
on braking (straight ahead)traction tests and does not carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life
include cornering (turning) traction. and best overall performance.
Temperature -- A, B, C Scheduled wheel alignment and wheel balancing are not
The temperature grades are A (the highest). B, and C. needed. However, if you notice unusual tire wear or
representing the tire's resistance to the generation of your vehicle pulling one way or the other. the alipment
heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under may need to be reset. If you notice your vehicle
controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your wheels
test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the may need to be rebalanced.
material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life. Wheel Replacement
and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of Replace any wheel that is bent. cracked, or badly rusted
performance which all passenger car tires must meet or corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the wheel.
under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the
No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of wheel leaks air. replace it (except some aluminum
performance on the laboratory test wheel than the wheels. which can sometimes be repaired). See your
minimum required by law. GM dealer if any of these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of wheel you need.
6-46

Each new wheel should have the same load-carrying
capacity, diameter, width, offset and be mounted the NOTICE:
same way as the one it replaces.
If you need to replace any of your wheels, wheel bolts The wrong wheel can also cause problemswith
or wheel nuts, replace them only with new GM original bearing life, brake cooling, speedometer or
equipment parts. This way, you will be sure to have the odometer calibration, headlamp aim, bumper
right wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts for your vehicle. height, vehicle ground clearance and tireor tire
chain clearance to the body and chassis.
I A CAUTION: See “Changing a Flat Tire” in the Index for

more information.
Using the wrong replacement wheels, wheel bolts
or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous. Used ’Replacement Wheels
It could affect the braking andhandling of your
vehicle, make your tireslose air and make you
lose control. You could havea collision in which
you or others could be injured. Always use the
I A CAUTION:
correct wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts Putting aused wheel on your vehicle is
for replacement. dangerous. You can’t know how it’s been usedor
how far it’s been driven. It could fail suddenly
and cause an accident. If you have to replace a
wheel, use a new GM original equipment wheel.
6-47

Tire Chains
NOTICE: (Continued)
NOTICE: If you do finda traction device that will fit, install

them on the reartires.
If your vehicle has P235/75R15,P235/70R15 or If you have other size tires, use tire chains only
31x10.50Rl5LT/C size tires, don’tuse tire chains. where legal and only when you must. Use only
They candamage your vehicle because there’s SAE Class “S”’type chainsthat arethe proper
not enoughclearance. size for yourtires. Install themon the drive axle
Use another type of traction device onlyif its tires (four-wheel-drive vehicles canuse chains on
manufacturer recommends it for use on your both axles) and tighten them as tightly as possible
vehicle and tiresize combination and road with the endssecurely fastened. Drive slowlyand
conditions. Follow that manufacturer’s follow the chain manufacturer’sinstructions.. If
instructions. To help avoid damage to your you can .hear the chains contacting your vehicle,
vehicle, drive slowly, readjust or remove the , stop and retighten them. If the contact continues,
device if it’s contacting your vehicle, and don’t slow down until it stops. Driving too fast or
spin your wheels. spinning the wheels with chains on will damage
NOTICE: (Continued) your vehicle.
6-48

Appearance Care Don’t use any of these unless thismanual says you can.
In many uses, these will damage your vehicle:
Remember, cleaning products can be hazardous. Some
are toxic. Others can burst into flame if you strike a Alcohol
match or get them on a hot part of the vehicle. Some are Laundry Soap
dangerous if you breathe their fumesin a closed space. Bleach
When you use anything from a container to clean your
ReducingAgents
vehicle, be sure to follow the manufacturer’swarnings
and instructions. And always open your doors or Cleaning the Insideof Your Vehicle
windows when you’re cleaning the inside.
Use a vacuum cleaner oftento get rid of dust and loose
Never use these to clean your vehicle: dirt. Wipe vinyl or leatherwith a clean, damp cloth.
Gasoline Your GM dealer has two cleaners, a solvent-type spot
Benzene lifter and a foam-type powdered cleaner. They will clean
normal spots and stainsvery weil. Do not use them on
Naphtha vinyl or leather.
CarbonTetrachloride Here are some cleaningtips:
Acetone 1. Always read the instructions on me cleaner label.
PaintThinner 2. Clean up stains as soon as you can -- before they set.
3. Use a clean cloth or sponge, and change to a clean
0 Turpentine
area often. A softbrush may be used if stains
0 LacquerThinner are stubborn.
0 Nail Polish Remover 4. Use solvent-type cleaners in a well-ventilated area
only. If you use them, don’t saturatethe stained area.
They can all be hazardous -- some more than
others -- and they can all damageyour vehicle. too. 5. If a ring forms after spot cleaning, cleanthe entire
area immediately orit will set.

Using Foam-Type Cleaneron Fabric Using Solvent-Qpe Cleaner on Fabric
1. Vacuum and brush the area to remove any loosedirt. First. see if you have to use solvent-type cleaner at all.
Some spots and stains will clean off better with just
2. Always clean a whole trim panel or section. Mask
water and mild soap.
surrounding trim along stitch or welt lines.
If you need to use a solvent:
3. Mix Multi-Purpose Powdered Cleaner following the
directions on the container label. 1. Gently scrape excess soil from the trim material with
a clean. dull knife or scraper.
4. Use suds only and apply with a clean sponge. Don‘t
saturate the material and don’t rub it roughly. 2 . Use very little cleaner, light pressure and clean cloths
(preferably cheesecloth).Cleaning should start at the
5 . As soon as you’ve cleaned the section, use a sponge
outside of the stain, “feathering” toward the center.
to remove the suds.
3. Keep changing to a clean section of the cloth.
6. Rinse the section with a clean, wet sponge.
4. When you clean it stain from fabric. immediately
7. Wipe off what’s left with a slightly damp paper towel
dry the area with a blow dryer to help prevent a
or cloth.
cleaning ring.
8. Dry it imnlediately with a blow dryer.
9. Wipe with a clean cloth.
6-50

Fabric Protection Non-Greasy Stains
Your vehicle has upholstery and carpet that has been Stains caused by catsup, coffee (black), egg, fruit, fruit
treated with Scotchgard" Fabric Protector, a 3M juice, milk, soft drinks, wine, vomit, urine and blood can
product. It protects fabricsby repelling oil and water, be removed as follows:
which are the carriersof most stains. Even with this 1. Carefully scrapeoff excess stain, then sponge the
protection, you still need to cleanyour upholstery and soiled area with cool water.
carpet often to keepit looking new.
2. If a stain remains, follow the foam-type instructions
Further information on cleaningis available by calling described earlier.
1-800-433-3296 (in Minnesota, 1-800-642-6 167).
3. If an odor lingers aftercleaning vomit or urine, treat
Special Cleaning Problems the area with a waterhaking soda solution:
1 teaspoon (5 ml) of baking soda to 1 cup (250 ml)
Greasy or Oily Stains of lukewarm water.
Stains causedby grease, oil,butter, margarine, shoe 4. If needed, clean lightly with solvent-type cleaner.
polish, coffee with cream, chewing gum, cosmetic
creams, vegetable oils,wax crayon, tar and asphalt can Combination Stains
be removed as follows: Stains caused by candy, ice cream, mayonnaise, chili
1. Carefully scrape off excess stain. sauce and unknown stainscan be removed as follows:
2. Follow the solvent-type instructions 1. Carefully scrape off excess stain.
described earlier. 2. Clean with cool water and allow to dry.
Shoe polish,wax crayon, tarand asphalt will stain if left 3. If a stain remains, cleanit with solvent-type cleaner.
on a vehicle's seat fabric. Theyshould be removed as
soon as possible. Be careful, because the cleaner
will
dissolve them and may cause them to spread.
6-51

Cleaning Vinyl Cleaning the Top of the InstrumentPanel
Use warm water and a clean cloth. Use only mild soap and water to clean the top surfaces
Rub with a clean, damp cloth to remove dirt. You of the instrument panel. Sprays containing silicones or
may have to do it more than once. waxes may cause annoying reflections in the windshield
and even make it difficult to see through the windshield
0 Things like tar, asphalt and shoe polish will stain if you under certain conditions.
don't get them 08quickly. Use a clean cloth and a
vinylkather cleaner. See your dealer for this product. Care of Safety Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.
Cleaning Leather
use a sort cloth with lukewarm water ana a mild soap or
saddle soap and wipe dry with a soft cloth. Then, let the
leather dry naturally. Do not use heat to dry.
I A CAUTION:
0 For stubborn stains. use a leather cleaner. See your Do not bleach or dye safety belts. If you do, it
dealer for this product. may severely weaken them. Ina crash, they
0 use oils. varnishes, solvent-based or abrasive
iVLJ\.tl\. might not be able to provide adequateprotection.
clerlners. furniture polish or shoe polish on leather. Clean safety belts only with mild soapand
Soiled or staincd leather should be cleaned lukewarm water.
ir1lmedi;ttcly. If dirt is allowed to work into the
finish. i t CUI 11x111the leather.
6-52

Cleaning Glass Surfaces Clean the outside of the windshield with GM
Windshield Cleaner, Bon Ami@ Powder(non-scratching
Glass should be cleaned often. GM Glass Cleaner (GM glass cleaning powder), GM Part No. 1050011. The
Part No. 1050427) or a liquid household glass cleaner windshield is clean if beads do not form when you rinse
will remove normal tobacco smoke and dust films on it with water.
interior glass.
Grime from the windshield will stick to the wiper blades
Don’t use abrasive cleaners on glass, because they may and affect their performance. Clean the blade by wiping
cause scratches. Avoid placing decals on the inside rear vigorously with a cloth soaked in full-strength
window, since they may have to be scraped off later. If windshield washer solvent. Thenrinse the blade
abrasive cleaners are used on the inside of the rear with water.
window, an electric defogger element may be damaged.
Any temporary license should not be attached across the Check the wiper blades and clean them as necessary;
defogger grid. replace blades that look worn.
Cleaning the Outsideof the Weatherstrips

Windshield, Backglass and Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last
longer, seal better, and not stick or squeak. Apply
Wiper Blades silicone grease with a clean cloth at least every six
If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield months. During very cold, damp weather more frequent
washer. or if the wiper blade chatters when running, application may be required. (See “Recommended
wax. sap o r other rnaterial may be on the blade Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.)
or windshicld.
6-53

Cleaning the Outside of Your Vehicle Finish Care
The paint finish on your vehicle provides beauty, depth Occasional waxing or mild polishing of your vehicle by
of color, gloss retention and durability. hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint
finish. You can get GM-approved cleaning products
Washing Your Vehicle from your dealer. (See “Appearance Care and Materials”
in the Index.)
The best way to preserve your vehicle’s finish is to keep it
clean by washing it often with lukewarm or cold water. Your vehicle has a “basecoat/clearcoat” paint finish. The
clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored
Don’t wash your vehicle in the direct rays of the sun.
Don’t use strong soaps or chemical detergents. Use basecoat. Always use waxes and polishes that are
non-abrasive and made for a basecoat/clearcoat
liquid hand, dish or carwashing (mild detergent) soaps.
Don’t use cleaning agents that are petroleum based, or paint finish.
that contain acid or abrasives. All cleaning agents
should be flushed promptly and not allowed to dry on
the surface, orthey could stain. Dry the finish with a
I NOTICE:
soft, clean chamois or an all-cotton towel to avoid
surface scratches and water spotting. Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on
a basecoatklearcoat paint finishmay dull the
High pressure car washes may cause water to enter finish or leave swirl marks.
your vehicle.
Cleaning Exterior LampsLenses Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other
Use lukewarm or cold water, a soft cloth and a liquid salts. ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, bird
hand, dish or car washing (mild detergent) soapto clean droppings. chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc.. can
exterior lamps and lenses. Follow instructions under damage your vehicle’s finish if they remain on painted
“Washing Your Vehicle.“ surfaces. Wash the vehicle as soon as possible. If
necessary, use non-abrasive cleaners that are marked
safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter.
6-54

Exterior painted surfaces are subjectto aging, weather The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted
and chemical faIIout that can taketheir toll over a period surface of your vehicle. Don’t use strong soaps,
of years. You can help to keep the paint finish looking chemicals, abrasive polishes, abrasive cleaners or
new by keeping your vehicle garaged or covered abrasive cleaning brushes on them because you could
whenever possible. damage the surface.
Don’t take your vehicle through an automatic carwash
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts that has silicon carbide tire cleaningbrushes. These
Bright metal parts should be cleaned regularly to keep brushes can also damage the surfaceof these wheels.
their luster. Washing with water is all that is usually
needed. However, you may use chrome polish on Cleaning Tires
chrome or stainless steel trim,if necessary. To clean your tires, use a stiff brush with a tire cleaner.
Use special care with aluminum trim. To avoid
damaging protective trim, never use auto or chrome
polish, steam or caustic soapto clean aluminum. A
I NOTICE:
coating of wax, rubbed to high polish, is recommended
for all bright metal parts. When applyinga tire dressing always take care to
wipe off any overspray or splash from all painted
Cleaning Aluminum Wheels surfaces on the bodyor wheels of the vehicle.
(If Equipped) Petroleum-based products may damage the
paint finish.
Keep your wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with
mild soap and water. Rinse with clean water. After
rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft clean towel. A wax Sheet Metal Damage
may then be applied.
If your vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal
repair or replacement, make sure the body repair shop
applies anti-corrosion material to the parts repaired or
replaced torestore corrosion protection.

Finish Damage Chemical Paint Spotting
Any stone chips, fractures ordeep scratches in the finish Some weather and atmospheric conditionscan create a
should be repaired right away. Bare metal will corrode chemical fallout. Airborne pollutants can fall upon and
quickly and may develop into a major repair expense. attack painted surfaceson your vehicle. This damage
can take two forms: blotchy, ringlet-shaped
Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch-up
discolorations, and small irregular dark spots etched into
materials available from your dealer or other service
the paint surface.
outlets. Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected
in your dealer’s body and paint shop. Although no defect in the paint job causes this. GM will
repair, at no charge to the owner, the surfaces of new
Underbody Maintenance vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within
Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control 12 months or 12,000 miles (20 000 km) of purchase.
can collect on the underbody. If these are not removed. whichever occurs first.
accelerated corrosion (rust) can occur on the underbody
parts such as fuel lines, frame. floorpan and exhaust system
even though they have corrosion protection.
At least every spring, flush these materials from the
underbody with plain water. Clean any areas where mud
and other debris can collect. Dirt packed in closed areas
of the frame should be loosened before being flushed.
Your dealer or an underbody car washing system can do
this for you.
6-56

Appearance Care Materials Chart
2377964 16 oz. (0.473 L) Cleaning Wax Protectsremoves

finish
and fine scratches
12377966 16 oz. (0.473 L) Finish Enhancer cleans
Spot paint and gives high luster
See your General Motors Parts Department for these products. **Not recommended for use on instrument panel vinyl.
See ‘‘Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.
6-57

Vehicle Identification Number(VIN) 0 your VIN,
the model designation,
paint information and
a list of all production options and special equipment.
I GM I SAMPLE4UXVM072675 IE‘ I Be sure that this label is not removed from the vehicle.
I ENGINE/1997
CODE
T
MODEL YEAR
\ ASSEMBLY
PLANT I Electrical System
This is the legal identifier for your vehicle. It appears on Add-on Electrical Equipment
a plate in the front cornerof the instrument panel. on the
driver’s side. You can see it if you look through the
windshield from outside your vehicle. The VIN also
appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts
labels and the certificates of title and registration. Don’t add anything electrical to your vehicle unless
you check with your dealer first. Some electrical
Engine Identification equipment can damage your vehicle and the
The 8th character in your VIN is the engine code. This damage wouldn’t be covered by your warranty.
code will help you identify your engine. specifications Some add-on electrical equipment can keep other
and replacement parts. components from working as they should.
Service Parts Identification Label

Your vehicle has an air bag system. Before attempting to
You‘ll find this label on the inside of the glove box. It’s add anything electrical to your vehicle. see ”Servicing
very helpful if you ever need to order parts. On this Your Air Bag-Equipped Vehicle’’ in the Index.
label is:
6-58

Headlamps If you ever have a problem on the road and don't have a
spare fuse, you can borrow one that has the same
The headlamp wiring is protected by an internal circuit amperage. Just pick some feature of your vehicle that
breaker. An electrical overload will cause the lamps to go you can get along without -- like the radio or cigarette
on and off, or in some cases to remainoff. If this happens, lighter -- and use its fuse, if it is the correct amperage.
have your headlamp wiring checked rightaway. Replace it as soon as you can.
Windshield Wipers
Instrument Panel Fuse Block
The windshield wiper motor is protected aby circuit breaker
and a fuse. If the motor overheats due to heavy snow, etc., the The fuse block is at the
wiper will stop until the motor cools.If the overload iscaused driver's end of the
by some electrical problem,be sure to get it fixed. instrument panel.
Power Windows and Other PowerOptions
Circuit breakers protect the power windows and other
power accessories. When the current load is too heavy,
the circuit breaker opens and closes, protecting the
circuit until the problem is fixed or goes away.
Fuses and Circuit Breakers
The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from
short circuits by a combination of fuses, circuit breakers
and fusible thermal links. This greatly reduces the Remove the cover by turning the fastener
chance of fires causedby electrical problems. counterclockwise. Extra fuses and the fuse extractor are
provided in the cover. To reinstall the fuse panel cover,
Look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse.If the push in and turn the fastener clockwise.
band is broken or melted, replace the fuse. Be sureyou
replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size
and rating.

FuseKircuit
r
nr
l WOO ACCY
Breaker Usage
d
co w
A
1 Stoplamps, Hazard Lamps, Chime,
Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Relay,
Center High-Mounted Stoplamp
2 Dome Lamps. Cargo Lamps, Visor
Vanity Mirror, Cigarette Lighter,
Inside Rearview Mirror Lamp,
Overhead Console Lamps, Glove
Box Lamp, Horns, Horn Relay, IP
Courtesy Lamps, Power Outside
Rearview Mirror, Liftglass Release
Motor, Illuminated Entry Module
3 Parking Lamps, License Plate Lamps.
Electric Shift Transfer Case Module,
Underhood Lamp, Rear Wiper. Fog
Lamp Relay, Door Switch Lamp,
FuseKircuit Ashtray Lamp, Headlamp Switch
Breaker Usage
4 A/C Compressor Relay, Cluster
A Power Door Locks, Power Seat, Chime Module, DRL Relay Coil,
Power Seat Lumbar, Remote Four-Wheel-Drive Indicator Lamp,
Keyless Entry DRL Module, Rear Defog Timer,
B Power Windows, Sunroof Transfer Case Control Module
Module/Motor Ignition, SIR Redundant Ignition,
R K E Ignition. Fuel Sender Module
6-60

FuseKircuit FuseKircuit
Breaker
Usage Breaker Usage
5 Oxygen Sensor Heater, Exhaust Gas 16 Turn Signals and Back-up Lamps,
Recirculation, Cam Sensor, CANN. Brake-Transmission Shift Interlock
Purge, Canister Vent Solenoid, Mass Solenoid
Airflow Sensor, Cam Shaft Sensor 17 Windshield Washer, Windshield
6 Blower Motor, Temperature Door Wiper Motor
Motor, HI Blower Relay Coil 18 Not Used
7 Power Auxiliary Outlets, Assembly 19 Electric Shift Transfer Case
Line Diagnostic Link
20 Crank Relay, Air Bag Module
8 Rear Window Defogger
21 Not Used
9 PCMNCM Battery, Fuel Pump
22 Air Bag Module
10 PCM/VCM Ignition, Injectors, Crank
Sensor, Coil Driver Module 23 Cluster Illumination, Radio
Illumination, Heater Lamp,4WD
11 Radio, Inside Rearview Mirror Map
Illumination, Chime Module,Fog
Lamp, Overhead Console Reading Lamp Illumination, Rear Wiper
Lamps, Rear Wiper, Rear Washer,
Switch Illumination, Rear Defogger
Overhead Console Display Switch Illumination, Liftglass
12 Anti-Lock Braking System, VCM Release Switch Illumination,
IGN-3 Overhead Console Illumination
13 Clock, Radio Battery, CD Player 24 PRNDL Power, 4L6OE Automatic
14 A/C Compressor Battery Feed Transmission
15 Daytime Running Lamps; Fog
Lamps, Fog Lamp Relay
6-61

Replacement Bulbs
Lamps Quantity Number
Halogen Headlamps, Sealed Beam 2 2E 1
Halogen Headlamps, Composite Low-Beam 3 9006 HB4
Halogen Headlamps, Composite High-Beam 2 9005 HB3
Tail and Stoplamps 4 3057
Front Sidemarker Lamps 2 194
Turn Signal Lamps -3 3157 NA
Underhood Lamp 1 93
Visor Vanity Mirror Lamps 4 74
Overhead Console Reading Lamps -3 194
6-62

Capacities and Specifications Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts
Engine Description . . . . . . . . . . . . “VORTEC” 4300 Replacement part numbers listed in this section are
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6 based on the latest information available at the time of
printing, and are subjectto change. If a part listed in this
VINCode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W manual is not the same as the part used in your vehicle
Firing Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6-5-4-3-2 when it was built, or if you have any questions, please
Horsepower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 at 4,400 rpm contact your GM truck dealer.
Thermostat Specification . . . . . . . . . . . 195°F(91°C) Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12551472
Spark Plug Gap . . . . . . . . . . 0.045 inches (0.114cm) Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PF52
Air Cleaner Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A1 163C
Wheels and Tires PCVValve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CV746C
Wheel Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Ib-ft (130 N-m) Automatic Transmission Filter Kit . . . . . . 24200796
Tire Pressure . . . . . . See the Certificationflire label. Spark Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1-932
See “Loading Your
Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GF48 1
Vehicle” in the Index.
Front Windshield
Wiper Blade . . . . . . . . . . Trico (20 inches/50.8cm)
Backglass Wiper Blade . . . Trico (14 inched35.6 cm)
6-63

Capacities (Approximate) Vehicle Dimensions*
Cooling System* Wheelbase
Automatic Trans. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1.7 quarts ( 1 I . 1 L) S/T10516 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.5 inches (255.3 cm)
Manual Trans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1.9 quarts ( 1 1.3 L) S/T10506 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107.0 1.nches (27 I .8 cm)
Crankcase* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 quarts (4.3 L) Length
Automatic Transmission S10516 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175.0 nches (444.5 cm)
(Drain and Refill)" . . . . . . . . . . . 5.0 quarts (4.7 L) T10516 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175.4 nches (445.5 cm)
Differential Fluid S/T 10506 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 I .5 inches (46 I .O cm)
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 pints (1.9 L ) Height
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S10516 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66.0 inches (167.6 cm)
2.6 pints (1.2 L)
T10516 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66.9 inches (170.0cm)
Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 gallons (72 L)
S10506 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65.9 inches (167.4 cm)
A/C Refrigerant . . 30 oz. or 2 lbs. (0.9 kg) of R- 134a
T10506 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67.0 inches (170.2 cm)
*After refill,the level must be checked. Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67.8 inches ( 172.2 cm)
Front Tread
Air Conditioning Refrigerants S Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.0 inches (139.6 cm)
Not all air conditioning refrigerantsare the same. If the T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.3 inches (145.4 cm)
air conditioning system in your vehicle needs
refrigerant, be sure the proper refrigerant is used. If Rear Tread
you're not sure, ask your GM dealer. S Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.7 inches (138.8 cm)
T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.1 inches ( 139.9 cm)
*Figures reflect base equipment only.
6-64

Section 7 Maintenance Schedule
This section covers the maintenance required foryour vehicle. Your vehicle needs these services toretain its safety,
dependability and emission control performance.
7-2 Introduction 7-7 Short

Trip/City
MaintenanceSchedule
7-4 Part A: Scheduled Maintenance Services 7-30 LongTrip/Highway MaintenanceSchedule
7-5 Short Trip/City Definition 7-46 Part B: OwnerChecksandServices
7-5 Short TripKity Intervals 7-50 Part C: PeriodicMaintenanceInspections
7-6 Long Trip/Highway Definition 7-52 Part D: RecommendedFluids and Lubricants
7-6 Long Trip/Highway Intervals 7-55 Part E: Maintenance Record

Introduction
IMPORTANT: Your Vehicle and the Environment
KEEP ENGINE OIL
AT THE PROPER Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your
.VELAND CHANGE
RECOMMENDED vehicle in good working condition, but also helps the
environment. All recommended maintenance procedures
are important. Improper vehicle maintenance can even
affect the quality of the air we breathe. Improper fluid
levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level
protection I of emissions from your vehicle. To help protect our

environment, and to keep your vehicle in good
condition. please maintain your vehicle properly.
7-2

How This Section is Organized “Part B: Owner Checks and Services”tells you
what should be checked and when. It also explains
The remainder of this section is dividedinto five parts: what you can easily do to help keep your vehicle in
“Part A: Scheduled Maintenance Services”shows good condition.
what to have done and how often. Some of these “Part C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections”
services can be complex, so unless you are technically explains important inspections that yourGM dealer’s
qualified and have the necessary equipment, you should service department or another qualified servicecenter
let your dealer’s service department or another qualified should perform.
service center do these jobs.
“Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants”lists
some products GM recommends to help keep your
A CAUTION: vehicle properly maintained. These products, ortheir
equivalents, should be used whether you do the work
yourself or have it done.
Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can
be dangerous. In trying to do some jobs,
you can “Part E: Maintenance Record” provides a place for
be seriously injured.Do your own maintenance you to record the maintenance performed on your
vehicle. Whenever any maintenance is performed, be
work only if you have the required know-how
sure to write it down in this part. This will help you
and the proper tools and equipment for the job. determine when your next maintenance should be done.
If you have any doubt, have a qualified In addition, it is a good idea to keep your maintenance
technician do the work. receipts. They may be needed to qualify your vehicle for
warranty repairs.
If you are skilled enough to do some work on your
vehicle, you will probably want to get the service
information GM publishes. See “Service and Owner
Publications” in the Index.
7-3

Part A: Scheduled Maintenance The proper fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Part D.
Make sure whoever services your vehicleuses these. All
Services parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done
before you or anyone else drives the vehicle.
Using Your Maintenance Schedule
These schedules are for vehicles that:
We at General Motors want to help you keep your
vehicle in good working condition. But we don't know 0 carry passengers and cargo within recommended
exactly how you'll drive it. You may drive very short limits. You will find these limits on your vehicle's
distances only a few timesa week. Or you may drive Certification/Tire label. See "Loading Your Vehicle"
long distances all the time in very hot. dusty weather. in the Index.
You may use your vehicle in making deliveries. Or 0 are driven on reasonable road surfxes within legal
you may drive it to work. to do errands or in many
driving limits.
other ways.
0 are driven off-road in the recommended manner. See
Because of all the different ways people use their GM
"Off-Road Driving With Your Four-Wheel-Drive
vehicles, maintenance needs vary. You may even need Vehicle'' in the Index.
more frequent checks and replacements than you'll find
in the schedules in this section. So please read this use the recommended fuel. See "Fuel" in the Index.
section and note how you drive. If you.have any
questions on how to keep your vehicle in good Selecting the Right Schedule
condition, see your GM dealer. First you'll need to decide which of the two schedules is
This part tells you the maintenance services you should right for your vehicle. Here's how to decide which
have done and when you should schedule them. If you schedule to follow:
00 to your dealer for your service needs. you'll know
s
that GM-trained and supported service people will
perform the work using genuine GM parts.
7-4

Maintenance Schedule
I Short TripKity Definition - ~-
Short TripKity Intervals
Follow the Short TripKity Maintenance Scheduleif any Every 6,000 Miles (10 000 km): Tire Rotation.
one of these conditions is true for your vehicle: Every 15,000 Miles (25 000 km): Air Cleaner Filter
Most trips are less than 5 to 10 miles (8 to 16 km). Inspection, if driving in dusty conditions. Front
This is particularly important when outside Wheel Bearing Repack (2WD only) (or at each brake
temperatures are below freezing. relining, whichever occurs first).
Most trips include extensive idling (such as frequent Every 30,000 Miles (50 000 km): Air Cleaner Filter
driving in stop-and-go traffic). Replacement. Fuel Filter Replacement.
You operate your vehicle in dusty areas or
off-road frequently.
Every 50,000 Miles (83 000 km): Automatic
Transmission Service (severe conditions only).
You frequently tow a trailer or use a carrier on top of
your vehicle. Every 60,000 Miles (100 000km): Engine
If the vehicle is used for delivery service, police,taxi Accessory Drive Belt Inspection. Fuel Tank, Cap
or other commercial application. and Lines Inspection.
One of the reasonsyou should follow this schedule fi you Every 100,000 Miles (166 000 km): Spark Plug Wire
operate your vehicle under any of these conditions is that Inspection. Spark Plug Replacement. Positive
these conditions cause engineoil to break down sooney: Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve Inspection.
I Short TripKity Intervals Every 150,000 Miles (240000 km): Cooling System
Service (or every 60 months, whichever occurs first).
Every 3,000 Miles (5000 km): Engine Oil and Filter These intervals only summarize maintenance services.
Change (or 3 months, whichever occurs first). Chassis Be sure tofollow thecomplete maintenanceschedule
Lubrication (or 3 months, whichever occurs first). Drive on thefollowing pages.
Axle Service (or 3 months, whichever occurs first).

Maintenance Schedule
c
Trip/Highway
LongDefinition I 1ILong Trip/Highway Intervals
Follow this maintenance schedule only if none of the Every 7,500 Miles (12500 km): Engine Oil and Filter
conditions from the Short Trip/City Maintenance Change (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
Schedule is true. Do not use this scheduleif the vehicle Chassis Lubrication (or every12 months, whichever
is used for trailertowing, driven in a dusty areaor used occurs first). Drive Axle Service.Tire Rotation.
off paved roads. Use the Short Trip/City schedule for Every 30,000 Miles (50 000 km): Fuel Filter
these conditions. Replacement. Air CleanerFilter Replacement. Front
Driving a vehicle with a fully warmed engine under Wheel Bearing Repack (2WD only).(orat eachbrake
highway conditions causes engine oil to break relining, whichever occursfirst).
down slowel: Every 50,000 Miles (83000 km): Automatic
Transmission Service (severe conditions only).
Every 60,000 Miles (100 000 km): Engine Accessory
Drive Belt Inspection. FuelTank, Cap and
Lines Inspection.
Every 100,000 Miles (166 000 km):Spark Plug Wire
Inspection. Spark Plug Replacement. Positive
Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve Inspection.
Every 150,000 Miles (240000 km):Cooling System
I Service (or every 60 months, whichever occursfirst).
These intervals only summarize maintenance services.
Be sure to follow the complete maintenance schedule
on thefollowing pages.
7-6

Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
The services shown in this schedule up to 100,000 miles + A good time to check your brakes is during tire
( 166 000 km) should be performed after 100,000 miles rotation. See “Brake System Inspection” under “Periodic
(166 000 km) at the same intervals. The servicesshown Maintenance Inspection” in Part C of this schedule.
at 150,000 miles (240 000 km) should be performed at ** Drive axle service (see“Recommended Fluids and
the same interval after150,000 miles (240 000 km). Lubricants’’ in the Index for proper lubricantto use):
See “Owner Checks and Services” and “Periodic 0 Locking Differential -- Drain fluid and refillat first
Maintenance inspections” following. engine oil change.At subsequent oil changes, check
Footnotes fluid level andadd fluid as needed. If driving in
dusty areas or towing a trailer, drain fluid and refill
? The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the every 15,000 miles (25 000 km).
California Air Resources Board has determined that the
a Standard Differential -- Check fluid level and add
failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify
the emission warranty or limit recall liability priorto the fluid as needed at every oil change. If driving in
completion of the vehicle’s useful life. We, however, dusty areas or towing a trailer, drain fluid andrefill
urge that all recommended maintenance services be every 15,000 miles (25 000 km).
performed at the indicated intervalsand the maintenance 0 More frequent lubrication may be required for
be recorded. heavy-duty or off-road use.
# Lubricate the front suspension,ball joints, steering
linkage and transfer case shift linkage, parkingbrake
cable guides, propshaft splines,universal joints and
brake pedal springs.

/. . .-

. .<
.,I .. .'
3,000 Miles (5000 km) 6,000 Miles (10 000 km)

0Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Change engineoil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate chassis components (or every 0Lubricate chassis components(or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). 3 months; whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.) (See footnote #.)
0Check readfront axle fluid level andadd Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluid
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and
joints and axle seals for leaking. axle seals for leaking. (See footnote ** .)
(See footnote * *.) 0Rotate tires. See "Tire Inspection and
Rotation" in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
" E .' -I -. . "3
(See footnote +.)
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY: DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
, I
if:'
I
7-8

% ,a% 9,000 Miles (15 000 km)
i
DATE ACTUAL,MILEAGE ' SERVICED BY:

I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I
15,000 Miles (25 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Check redfront axle fluid level and add
3 months, whichever occurs first). fluid as needed. Check constant velocity
AI?E~nissioi-~
Control Sen7ic.t). joints and axle seals for leaking.
Lubricate chassis components (or every (See footnote
3 months, whichever occurs first). 0For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Clean
(See footnote #.) and repack the front wheel bearings (or at
Inspect air cleaner filter if you are each brake relining, whichever occurs first).
driving in dusty conditions. Replace filter
if necessary.
AI? Emissiorz Com-ol Sen~ico.(See footnote?. j
7-10

18,000 Miles (30 000 km) 21,000 Miles (35 000 km)
CJ Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Change engine oil and filter (or every
Lubricate chassis components(or every 0Lubricate chassis components(or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote#.) (See footnote#.)
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add Check readfront axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity
joints and axle seals for leaking. fluid as needed. Check constantvelocity
(See footnote *?) joints and axle seals for leaking.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspectionand (See footnote **.)
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
(See footnote +.)
DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY:

24,000 Miles (40 000 km) 27,000 Miles (45 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every 17 Change engine oil and filter (or every
Arz Emission Control Service. Arz Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate chassis components (or every Lubricate chassis components (,orevery
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity 0Check readfront axle fluid level and add
joints and axle seals for leaking. fluid as needed. Check constant velocity
(See footnote :$?j joints and axle seals for leaking.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and (See footnote *?)
(See footnote +.)
7-12 -

33,000 Miles (55 000 km) 36,000 Miles (60 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Change engine oil and filter (or every
A n Emissiorz Colztrol Service. An Emissiorz Control Senice.
0Lubricate chassis components (or every [7 Lubricate chassis components (or every
(,See footnote #.) (See footnote #.>
0Check rear/front axle fluid level and add 0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity pattern and additional information.
joints and axle seals for leaking. (See footnote +.)
(See footnote **.) 0Check readfront axle fluid level and add
joints and axle seals for leaking.
(See footnote ?)
DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED B Y

I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule 1
45,000 Miles (75 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every 17 For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Clean
3 months, whichever occurs firstj. and repack the front wheel bearings (or at
An Emissiorl Ccmtrol Service. each brake relining, whichever occurs first).
Lubricate chassis components (or every 0 Inspect air cleaner filter if you are
3 months, whichever occurs first). driving in dusty conditions. Replace filter
(See footnote #.) if necessary.
0Check readfront axle fluid leveI and add A n Emission Cuntml Ser~~icr.(See footnote?.)
(:Seefootnote ‘ V )
7-16

48,000 Miles (80 000 km) 50,000 Miles (83 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every IJ Change automatic transmission fluid and
3 months, whichever occurs first). filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under
An Emission Control Service. one ormore of these conditions:
Lubricate chassis components (orevery - In heavy city traffic where the outside
3 months, whichever occurs first). temperature regularly reaches 90 O F
(See footnote#.) (32°C) or higher.
0Check readfront axle fluid leveland add - In hilly or mountainous terrain.
joints and axle seals for leaking. - When doing frequent trailer towing.
(See footnote* *.) - Uses such as found in taxi, police or
Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and delivery service.
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation (Continued)
(See footnote +.)
1 DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY
7-17

1 Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I
50,000 Miles (83 000 km) (Continued) 51,000 Miles (85 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months?whichever occurs first).
AH E~nissionControl Service.
0Lubricate chassis components (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
Check readfront axle fluid level and add
(See footnote :?)
DATE ACTUAL h'lILEAGE SERVICED B Y
7-18

54,000 Miles (90 000 km) 57,000 Miles (95 000 km)
0Change engineoil and filter (or every 0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Lubricate chassis components(or every Cl Lubricatechassis components(or every
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add 0Check readfront axlefluid level and add
joints and axle seals for leaking. fluid as needed. Check constantvelocity
(See footnote **.) joints and axle seals for leaking.
0Rotate tires. See ”Tire Inspection and (See footnote **.)
pattern and additional infQrmation.
(See footnote +.)
DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY: I
7-19

I Short TripKity MaintenanceSchedule I
60,000 Miles (100 000 km)
CI Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Replace air cleaner filter.
3 months, whichever occurs first). AI! Ewission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service. Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage
0Lubricate chassis components (,orevery or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any
3 months, whichever occurs first). damage. Replace parts as needed.
(See footnote #.) AI? Ewis.sim Comol Service. (See footnote?.)
Check rear/front axle fluid level and add 0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
joints and axle seals for leaking. pattern and additional information.
(See footnote** .) (See footnote +.)
0For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Clean
and repack the front wheel bearings (or at
each brake relining, whichever occurs first).
Inspect engine accessory drive belt. DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY.
c]Replace fuel filter. Afz Enzissiorz Contml Sen?ice.
(See footnote?.)
7-20

63,000 Miles.(€OS000 knt)
[7 Change engine oil and fi3ter (or every
An Emission Control Sewice.
$0Lubricate chassis components(or every

I I
~~ ~ ~

69,000 Miles (115 000 km) 72,000 Miles (120 000 km)
An Errlission. Control Service. An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate chassis components (or every 0Lubricate chassis components (or every
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add 0Check readfront axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking.
joints and axle seals for leaking. (See footnote **.)
(See footnote **.) 17 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
(See footnote +.)
I DATE I ACTUAL MILEAGE ISERVICED B Y 1
7-22

75,000 Miles (125 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or
every 0Check readfront axlef llid
~ le.vel andadd
3 months, whichever occursfirst). fluid as needed. Check constantvelocity
An Emission Control Service, joints and axle seals for leaking.
0Lubricate chassis components(or every (See footnote* *.)
(See footnote#.)
CI For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Clean
0Inspect air cleaner filter if you are
driving in dusty conditions. Replace filter
if necessary.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
I DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED B Y
7-23

I Short TripKity MaintenanceSchedule 1
~~
78,000 Miles (130 000 km) 81,000 Miles (135 000 km)
An Emission Control Service. Arz Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate chassis components (or every c] Lubricate chassis components (or every
CI Check readfront axle fluid level and add 0Check readfront axle fluid level and add
joints and axle seals for leaking. fluid as needed. Check constant velocity
(See footnote **.) joints and axle seals for leaking.
Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and (See footnote ‘?)
(See footnote +.)
7-24

84,000 Miles (140 000 km) 87,000 Miles (145 000 km)
0Change engineoil and filter (or every 0Change engine oil and filter (or every
t]Lubricate chassisComponents (or every I7 Lubricate chassis components (orevery
3 months, whichever occurs first). 3 months, whichever occursfirst).
(See footnote#.) ~ (See footnote #.)
Check readfront axle fluid leveland add
fluid as needed. Check constantvelocity ~ [7 Check readfront axle fluid level and add
I
(See footnote **.) 1 joints and axlesealsfor leaking.
Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspectionand (See footnote **.)
Rotation” in the Index for properrotation
(See footnote +.)
DATE ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY: DATE ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
7-25

1 Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I
90,000 Miles (150 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every Replace fuel filter.
3 months, whichever occurs first). An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
An Emissiorl. Control Ser-tpice. Replace air cleaner filter.
Lubricate chassis components (or every An Emission C o m d Service.
3 months, whichever occurs first). 0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
(See footnote #.) Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
Check readfront axle fluid level and add pattern and additional information.
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity (See footnote +.)
(See footnote ‘?)
@ For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Clean
each brake relining. whichever occursfirst).
C ‘
I DATE I ACTUAL MILEAGE

]SERVICED BYI
7-26

I
~~~ ~ ~~
rShort Trip/City Maintenance Schedule

93,000 Miles (155 000 km) 96,000 Miles (160 000 km)
Change engineoil and filter (or every 0Change engine oil and filter (orevery
Lubricate chassis components (or every 0Lubricate chassis components (or every
Check readfront axle fluidlevel and add
El Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. Check constant velocity
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking.
joints and axle seals for leaking. (See footnote **.)
(See footnote **.) 0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspectionand
Rotation” in the Index for properrotation
(See footnote+.)
7-27

1 ShortTrip/CityMaintenanceSchedule I
99,000 Miles (165 000 km) 100,000 Miles (166 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Inspect spark plug wires.
3 months, whichever occurs first). An Emissiorl Control Service.
Arz Emission Control Serlice. 0 Replace spark plugs.
0Lubricate chassis components (or every A n Emission CmtroI Service.
3 months, whichever occurs first). 0Change automatic transmission fluid and
(See footnote #.) filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add one or more of these conditions:
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity - In heavy city traffic where the outside
joints and axle seals for leaking. temperature regularly reaches 90°F
(See footnote **.) (32°C) or higher.
- In hilly or ~nountainousterrain.
I DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY.
7-28

I
Short TriplCity Maintenance Schedule
150,000 Miles (240 000 km)
- When doing frequent trailer towing. 0Drain, flush and refill cooling system
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or (or every 60 months since last service,
delivery service. whichever occurs first). See “Engine
If you do not use your vehicle under- any of
Coolant” in the Index for what to use.
these conditions, thefluid and filter do not
Inspect hoses. Clean radiator, condenser,
require changing.
pressure cap and neck. Pressure test
cooling system and pressure cap.
Manual transmission fluid doesn’t An Emission Control Service.
require change.
0Inspect Positive Crankcase Ventilation
(Pcv)valve. An Emission Control Service.
DATE ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY I DATE 1 ACTUAL
MILEAGE ISERVICED BY:l
7-29

The services shown in this schedule up to 100.000 miles # Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints, steering
( 166 000 km) should be performed after 100,000 miles linkage and transfer case shift linkage. parking brake
( 166 000 km) at the same intervals. The services shown cable guides. propshaft splines. universal joints and
at 150.OOO miles (240 000 km) should be performed at brake pedal springs.
the same interval after 150.0OO miles (240 000 km ).
+ A good time to check your brakes is during tire
See "Owner Checks and Services" and "Periodic rotation. See "Brake System Inspection" under "Periodic
Maintenance Inspections" following. Maintenance Inspections" in Part C of this schedule.
Footnotes ** Drive axle service (see "Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants" in the Index for proper lubricant to use):
-f- The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the
California Air Resources Board has determined that the Locking Differential -- Drain fluid and refill at first
failure to perform this maintenance item. will not nullify engine oil change. At subsequent oil changes, check
the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the fluid level and add fluid as needed.
completion of the vehicle's useful life. We. however. Standard Differential -- Check fluid level and add
urge that all recommended maintenance services be fluid as needed at every engine oil change.
performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance
be recorded. More frequent lubrication may be required for
heavy-duty or off-road use.
7-30

I Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
7,500 Miles (12 500 km)
0Change engine oiland filter (or every 17 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
12 months, whichever occurs first). Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
An Emission Control Service. pattern and additional information.
0Lubricate chassis components (orevery (See footnote+.)
12 months, whichever occursfirst).
(See footnote#.)
fluid as needed. Check constantvelocity
(See footnote **.)
I I I 1
7-31

15,000 Miles (25 000 km)
Change engine oil and filter (,or every 0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
An Emission Co~rr-01
Senlicp. pattern and additional information.
CI Lubricate chassis components (or every (See footnote +.)
(See footnote#. )
tluid as needed. Check constant velocity
(See footnote ‘M .)

22,500 Miles (37 500 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
An Emission Control Service. pattern and additional information.
0Lubricate chassis components (or every (See footnote +.)
(See footnote #.)
(See footnote **.)
7-33

30,000 Miles (50 000 km)
0Change engine o i l and filter (or every 0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Alz Emission Control Srl-\,im. pattern and additional information.
Lubricate chassis components (or every (See footnote +.)
12 months, whichever occurs first). G Replace fuel filter.
(See footnote #.) (See footnote?.)
1-11] ~ I 1 1 i s s i o nC017fld ~er-\l;c~t..
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add 0.Replace air cleaner filter.
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity A17 E~H~.F.Y;OII
Control Sc.l-1-ic.c..
(See footnote ‘?)
each brake relinine, whichever occurs first).
L.,

1 Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
37,500 Miles (62 500 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every tT] Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
An Ewissiorz Control Service. pattern and additional information.
0Lubricate chassis components (or every (,Seefootnote +.)
(See footnote #.)
(See footnote ?)
I DATE ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
7-35

45,000 Miles (75 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
12 months. whichever occurs first). Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
Ar1 Ernissio/z Cor~tmlSenvice. pattern and additional information.
C
I Lubricate chassis components (or every (See footnote +.)
(See footnote #.)
(‘Seefootnote V )
DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE

SERVICED BY
7-36

50,000 Miles (83 000 km)
El Change automatic transmission fluid and I
If you do not use your vehicle under any of
filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under these conditions, the fluid and filter do not
one or more of these conditions: require changing.
- In heavy city traffic where the outside Manual transmission fluid doesn’t
temperature regularly reaches 90°F require change.
(32°C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or
delivery service.
7-37

I Long Tripmighway MaintenanceSchedule I
52,500 Miles (87 500 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Rotate tires. Se.e “Tire Inspection and
12 months. whichever occurs first). Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
An Emissiorl Control Service. pattern and additional information.
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every (See footnote +.)
I2 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
0Check rearhont axle fluid level and add
(See footnote W . )
7-38

I Long TripMighway Maintenance Schedule
60,000 Miles (100 000 km)
Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Replace fuel filter.
12 months, whichever occurs first). Atz Emission Corzrt-olService. (See footnote?.)
An Emission Control Service. 0Replace air cleaner filter.
0Lubricate chassis components (or every An Emission Control Service.
12 months. whichever occurs first). 0:Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage
(See footnote #.) or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add damage. Replace parts as needed.
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity An Eruission Ccmt-d Service. (See footnote-f..)
(See footnote :?)
Rotate tires. See "Tire Inspection and I DATE I ACTUAL
MILEAGE ISERVICED B Y
I
I
Rotation" in the Index for proper rotation
(See footnote +.)
0 Inspect ensins accessory drive belt.

67,500 Miles (I12 500 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
An Ernissiorz Corzfrol Service. pattern and additional information.
(See footnote #.)
(See footnote ‘B *.)
-
7-40

I Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
75,000 Miles (125 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Ai1 Emission Control Service. pattern and additional information.
(See footnote #.)
c]Check readfront axle fluid level and add
(See footnote *?)
7-41

82,500 Miles (137 500 km)
U Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Rotate tires. See “Tire rnspection and
An Emissiorl Contrd Service. pattern and additional information.
Lubricate chassis components (or every (See footnote +.)
12 months. whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
(See footnote *?)

90,000 Miles (150 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Replace fuel filter.
12 months, whichever occurs first). A I ZEmission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
An Elnission Control Service. Replace air cleaner filter.
0Lubricate chassis components (or every AFZEmissiorz Control Service.
12 months, whichever occurs first). Cl Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
(See footnote #.) Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
17 Check rearlfront axle fluid level and add pattern and additional information.
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity (See footnote +.)
(See footnote **.)
[7 For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Clean
7-43

I Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule I
97,500 Miles (162 500 km) 100,000 Miles (166 000 km)
0Chanqe engine oil and filter (or every
L. 0Inspect spark plug wires.
12 months. whichever occurs first). AJIEmis.sio/l Coutrol Sen9ice.
,411 Emission C'otItrd Service.
0Replace spark plugs.
0Lubricate chassis components (or every A J IEmissior1 Co~~tr-ol
Service.
(See footnote #.) 0Change automatic transmission fluid and
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity one or more of these conditions:
joints and axle seals for leaking. - In heavy city traffic where the outside
(See footnote '?) temperature regularly reaches 90" F
0Rotate tires. See "Tire Inspection and (32°C) orhigher.
Rotation" in the Index for proper rotation - In hilly or mountainous terrain.
(See footnote +.) - When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or
DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED HI': I delivery service.
7-44

Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
I50,OOO Miles (240 000 km)
If you donot use your vehicle under anyof 0Drain, flush and refill cooling system
these conditions, the fluid and filter do not (or every 60 months since last service,
require changing. whichever occurs first). See “Engine
Manual transmission fluid doesn’t Coolant” in the Index for what to use.
require change. Inspect hoses. Clean radiator, condenser,
pressure cap and neck. Pressure test
Inspect Positive Crankcase Ventilation
the cooling system and pressure cap.
(PCV) valve.
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Sewice.
I DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY: I DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED B Y
7-45

Part B: Owner Checks and Services Engine Coolant Level Check
Listed below are owner checks and services which Check the engine coolant level and add DEX-COOL@
should be performed at the intervals specified to help coolant mix if necessary. See "Engine Coolant" in the
ensure the safety, dependability and emission control Index for further details.
performance of your vehicle.
Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check
Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once.
Check the windshield washer fluid level in the
Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your
windshield washer tank and add the proper fluid if
vehicle, make sure they are the proper ones. as shown in
necessarv. See "Windshield Washer Fluid" in the Index
Part D.
for furthkr details.
At Each Fuel Fill At Least Once a Month
Tire Inflation Check
Make sure tires are inflated to the correct pressures. See
Engine Oil Level Check "Tires" in the Index for further details.
Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if
necessary. See "Engine Oil" in the Index for Cassette Deck Service
further details. Clean cassette deck. Cleaning should be done every
50 hours of tape play. See "Audio Systems" in the
Index for further details.
7-46

At Least Twice a Year Automatic Transmission Check
Check the transmission fluid level;add if needed. See
Restraint System Check
“Automatic Transmission” in the Index. A fluid loss
Make sure the safety belt reminder light and allyour may indicate a problem. Check the system and repair
belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors and anchorages are if needed.
working properly. Look for any other loose or damaged
safety belt system parts. If you see anything that might Hydraulic Clutch System Check
keep a safety beltsystem from doing its job, have it Check the fluid level in the clutch reservoir. See
repaired. Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced. “Hydraulic Clutch Fluid”in the Index. A fluid loss in
Also look forany opened or broken air bag covers, and this system could indicate a problem.Have the system
have them repaired or replaced. (The air bag system inspected and repaired at once.
does not need regular maintenance.)
At Least Once a Year
Wiper Blade Check
Key Lock Cylinders Service
Inspect wiper blades for wear or cracking. Replace blade
inserts that appear worn or damaged or that streak or Lubricate the key lock cylinders with the lubricant
miss areas of the windshield. Also see “Wiper Blades, specified in Part D.
Cleaning” in the Index.
Body Lubrication Service
Manual Transmission Check Lubricate all body door and fuel door hinges, rear
Check the transmission fluid level; add if needed. See compartment hinges, latchesand locks including the
“Manual Transmission’’ in the Index. Check for leaks. glove box, console doorsand the body hood and any
A fluid loss may indicate a problem. Have the system moving seat hardware. Lubricatethe hood safety lever
inspected and repaired if needed. pivot and prop rod pivot. Part D tells you what to use.
More frequent lubricationmay be required when
exposed to a corrosive environment.
7-47

Starter Switch Check Brake-”kansmission Shift Interlock(BTSI) Check
(Automatic Transmission)
A CAUTION: I A CAUTION:
When you are doing this check, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If it does, you orothers could be When you are doing thischeck, the vehicle could
injured. Follow the steps below. move suddenly.If it does, youor others could be
injured. Follow the steps below.
1. Before you start, be sure you have enough room
around the vehicle. ’. Before you start, be sure you have enough room
2. Firmly apply both the parking brake (see ”Parking around the vehicle. It should be parked o n a
Brake” in the Index if necessary) and the regular brake level surface.
NOTE: Do not use the accelerator pedal. and be 2. Firmly apply the parking brake (see ”Parking Brake’‘
ready to turn off the engine imnlediately if it starts. in the Index if necessary).
3. On automatic transmission vehicles. try to start the NOTE: Be ready to apply the regular brake
engine in each gear. The starter should work only in immediately if the vehicle begins to move.
PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N).If the starter works in 3 . With the engine off. turn the key to the R U N
any other position. your vehicle needs service. position, but don‘t start the engine. Without applying
On manual transmission vehicles. put the shift lever the regular brake. try to move the shift lever out of
in NEUTRAL (N), push the clutch down halfway PARK (P) with normal effort. If the shift lever
and try to start the engine. The starter’shoLlld work moves out of PARK (P), your vehicle’s BTSI
only when the clutch is pushed down all the way to needs service.
the floor. If the starter works when the clutch isn’t
pushed all the way down. your vehicle needs service.
7-48

Ignition Transmission Lock Check Parking Brake and Automatic Transmission
While parked, and with the parking brake set, try to turn PARK (P)Mechanism Check
the ignition key to LOCK in each shift lever position.
0 With an automatic transmission, the key should turn
to LOCK only when the shift lever isin PARK (P).
I A CAUTION:
~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~
0 With a manual transmission, the key should turn to When you are doing this check, your vehicle
LOCK only when the shift lever is in REVERSE (R). could begin to move. You or otherscould be
On vehicles with a key release button, try to turn the key injured and propertycould be damaged. Make
to LOCK without pressing the button. The key should sure there is room in front of your vehicle in case
turn to LOCK only when you press the key button. it begins to roll. Be ready to apply the regular
On all vehicles, the key should come out only in LOCK. brake atonce should thevehicle begin to move.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ _
~ ~~ _ ~ _ _ ~ ~ ~ ~
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing

downhill. Keeping your foot on the regular brake, set the
parking brake.
To check the parking brake’s holding ability:
With the engine running andtransmission in
NEUTRAL (N), slowly remove foot pressure from
the regular brake pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
held by the parking brake only.
To check the PARK (P) mechanism’s holding ability:
With the engine running, shiftto PARK (P). Then
release all brakes.
7-49

Part C: Periodic Maintenance Exhaust System Inspection
Inspections Inspect the complete exhaust system. Inspect the body
Listed below are inspections and services which should near the exhaust system. Look for broken, damaged.
be performed at least twice a year (for instance. each missing or out-of-position parts as well as open seams,
spring and fall). You should let your GM dealer's holes. loose connections or other conditions which could
service department or other qualified service center do cause a heat build-up in the floor pan or could let
these jobs. Make sure any necessary repairs are exhaust fumes into the vehicle. See "Engine Exhaust" in
the Index.
completed at cme.
Proper procedures to perform these services may be Radiator and HeaterHose Inspection
found in a CM service manual. See "Service and Owner Inspect the hoses and have them replaced if they are
Publications" in the Index. cracked, swollen or deteriorated. Inspect all pipes,
fittings and clamps; replace as needed.
Steering, Suspensionand Front Drive Axle
Boot and Seal Inspection Throttle Linkage Inspection
Inspect the front m d rear suspension and steering Inspect the throttle linkaze for interference or binding.
system for datna_ced.loose or missing parts. signs of and for damage or missing parts. Replace parts as
wear or lack o f lubrication. Inspect the power steering needed. Replace any cables that have high effort or
lines and hoses for proper hook-up, binding, leaks, excessive wear. Do not lubricate accelerator and cruise
cracks. chafing. ctc. Clean and then inspect the drive control cables.
axle hoot seals for dm~age.tears or leakage. Replace
seal5 if nccessq'.

Drive AxleService Brake System Inspection (Two-Wheeland
as needed.
Check readfront axle fluid level and add Four-wheel Drive)
and axle sealsfor leaking.
Check constant velocity joints Inspect the complete system. Inspect brake lines and
hoses for proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,
Transfer Case (All-WheelDrive) Inspection chafing, etc.Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors
Every 12 months or at oil change intervals, check front for surface condition.Also inspect drum brake linings
axle and transfer case and add lubricantwhen necessary. for wear and cracks. Inspect other brake parts, including
Check vent hose at transfer case for kinksand drums, wheel cylinders, calipers,parking brake, etc.
proper installation. Check parking brake adjustment. You may need to have
your brakes inspected more often if your driving habits
nansfer Case (Four-wheel Drive) or conditions result in frequent braking.
Inspection
Brake System Inspection(All-Wheel-Drive)
Every 12 months or at oil change intervals, check front
axle and transfer case and add lubricantwhen necessary. Inspect the complete system. Inspect brake lines and
Check vent hose at transfer case for kinksand proper hoses for proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,
installation. More frequent lubrication may be required chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors
on off-road use. for surface condition.Inspect other brake parts,
including calipers,parking brake, etc. Check parking
brake adjustment. You may need to have your brakes
inspected more often if your driving habits or conditions
result in frequent braking.
7-51

Part D: Recommended Fluids and USAGE FLUID/LUBRICANT
Lubricants Coolant GM Part No. 3634621 or
NOTE: Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, Supplement equivalent with a complete flush
part number or specification may be obtained from your Sealer and refill.
GM dealer.
Hydraulic Brake Delco Supreme 1 1a Brake Fluid
System (GM Part No. 12377967 or
USAGE FLUIDLUBRICANT
equivalent DOT-3 brake fluid).
Engine Oil Engine oil with the American
Petroleum Institute Certified For Hydraulic Clutch Hydraulic Clutch Fluid (GM Part
Gasoline Engines ”Starburst”
System No. 12345347 or equivalent
symbol of the proper viscosity. To DOT-3 brake fluid).
determine the preferred viscosity Parking Brake Chassis lubricant (GM Part
for your vehicle’s engine, see Cable Guides No. 12377985 or equivalent) or
“Engine Oil” in the Index. lubricant meeting requirements
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean water of NLGI # 2, Category LB
(preferably distilled) and use only or GC-LB.
GM Goodwrench@ DEX-COOL Power Steering GM Power Steering Fluid (GM
or Havoline@DEX-COOL TM System Part No. 1052884 - 1 pint,
coolant. See “Engine Coolant“ in lOSOOl7 - 1 quart. or equivalent).
the Index.
7-52

USAGE FLUIDLUBRICANT USAGE FLUIDLUBRICANT
Manual Synchromesh Transmission Transfer Case DEXRON@-I11Automatic
Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 12345349 Transmission Fluid.
or equivalent).
Windshield GM Optikleen@Washer
Automatic DEXRON@-I11Automatic Washer Solvent Solvent (GM PartNo. 10515 15)
Transmission Transmission Fluid. or equivalent.
~ ~~~
Key Lock Multi-Pu oselubricant, Transfer Case Chassis lubricant (GM Part
Cylinders Superlube% (GM Part Shift Lever, No. 12377985 or,equivalent)or
No. 12346241 or equivalent). Propeller Shaft lubricant meeting requirements
Slip Splinesand of NLGI ## 2, Category LB
Chassis Chassis lubricant (GM Part
Universal Joints or GC-LB.
Lubrication No. 12377985 or equivalent)or
lubricant meeting requirements Clutch Pushrod Chassis lubricant (GMPart
of NLGI # 2, Category LB to ClutchFork No. 12377985 or equivalent) or
or GC-LB. Joint lubricant meeting requirements
of NLGI # 2, Category LB
Front Wheel Wheel bearing lubricant meeting
Bearings requirements of NLGI # 2, or GC-LB.
Category GC or GC-LB (GM Part Constant Chassis lubricant(GM Part
No. 105 1344 or equivalent). Velocity No. 12377985 or equivalent) or
Universal Joint lubricant meeting requirements
Differential, Axle Lubricant (GM Part
of NLGI # 2, Category LB
Front and Rear No. 1052271) or SAE 8OW-90
or GC-LB.
Axle GL-5 Gear Lubricant.
7-53

FLUIDLUBRICANT USAGE FLUIDLUBRICANT
Hood Latch Lubriplate lubricant aerosol Weatherstrip Dielectric Silicone Grease(GM
Assembly, (GM Part No. 12346293 or Conditioning Part No. 12345579 or equivalent).
Pivots, Spring equivalent) or lubricant meeting
Anchor and Weatherstrip Multi-purpose lubricant,
requirements of NLGI # 2,
Release Pawl Category LB or GC-LB. Squeaks Superlube‘ (GM Part
No. 1234624 1 or equivalent).
Hood and Multi-purpose lubricant.
Door Hinges Superlube’ (GM Part See “Replacement Parts” in the Index for recommended
No. 12346241 or equivalent). replacement filters, valves and spark plugs.
Tailgate Multi-pu oselubricant,
Mounted Spare Superlube
% (GM
I Part
Tire Carrier (if No. 1234624 1 or equivalent).
equipped), Outer
Tailgate Handle
Pivot Points and
Hinges
7-54

Part E: Maintenance Record
After the scheduled services are performed,
record the Services’’ or “Periodic Maintenance” can be added on
date, odometer readingand who performed the service the following recordpages. Also, you should retain all
in the boxes provided after the maintenance interval. maintenance receipts.Your owner information portfolio
Any additional informationfrom “Owner Checks and is a convenient place to storethem.
Maintenance Record
ODOMETER
DATE READING SERVICED BY MAINTENANCE PERFORMED
7-55

Maintenance Record
7-56

Section 8 Customer Assistance Information
Here you will find out how to contact Chevrolet if you need assistance. This section alsotells you how to obtain
service publications andhow to report any safety defects.
8-2 Customer Satisfaction Procedure ~ 8-10 Warranty Information

8-4 Address for Writing to Chevrolet/Geo ~ 8-10 Reporting Safety Defectsto the United States
8-4 Assistance for Text Telephone (TTY) Users 8-1 1 Reporting Safety Defects to Canada
8-5 Chevrolet/Geo Roadside Assistance Program 8-11 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors
8-5 Phone Number for RoadsideAssistance 8-1 1 Ordering Service Publicationsin Canada
8-7 Canadian Roadside Assistance 8- 12 How to Order Service Publications
8-8 Chevrolet/Geo Courtesy Transportation 8- 13 Order Form for Service Publications
8-9 BBB Autoline Information
8-1

Customer SatisfactionProcedure Chevrolet dealers have the facilities, trained technicians
and up-to-date information to promptly address any
concerns you may have. However, if a concern has not
been resolved to your complete satisfaction, take the
following steps:
STEP ONE -- Discuss your concern with a member
of dealership management. Normally, concerns can
be quickly resolved at that level. If the matter has
already been reviewed with the Sales, Serviceor Parts
Manager, contact the owner of the dealership or the
General Manager.
....."---
'I
c I
8-2

STEP TWO -- If after contacting a memberof 0 In the U.S. Virgin Islands: 1-800-496-9994
dealership management, it appears your concern In the Dominican Republic: 1-800-75 1-4135
cannot be resolvedby the dealership without further (English) or 1-800-75 1-4136 (Spanish)
help, contact the Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center by calling 1-800-222- 1020. In Canada, In the Bahamas: 1-800-389-0009
contact GM of Canada Customer Communication In Bermuda, Barbados, Antigua and the British
Centre in Oshawa by calling 1-800-263-3777 Virgin Islands: 1-800-534-0122
(English) or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
In all other Caribbean countries: (809) 763- 1315
For help outside of the United States and Canada, call
the following numbers as appropriate: In other overseas locations, call GM International
Product Center in Canada at:(905) 644-41 12.
In Mexico: (525) 625-3256
0 In Puerto Rico: 1-800-496-9992 (English) or
1-800-496-9993 (Spanish)
8-3

For prompt assistance, please have the following Refer to your Warranty and Owner Assistance
information available to give the Customer Information booklet for addresses of
Assistance Representative: GM Overseas offices.
0 Your name, address, home and business When contacting Chevrolet, please remember that
telephone numbers your concern will likely be resolved in the dealership,
0 Vehicle Identification Number (This is available using the dealer’s facilities, equipmentand personnel.
from the vehicle registration or title, or the plate at That is why we suggest you follow Step One first if
the top left of the instrument panel and visible you have a concern.
through the windshield.) Customer Assistance for Text
0 Dealership name and location Telephone (TTY) Users
0 Vehicle delivery date and present mileage
To assist customers who are deaf, hard of hearing, or
0 Nature of concern speech-impaired and who use Text Telephones (TTYs),
We encourage you to call us so we can give your inquiry Chevrolet has TTY equipment available at its Customer
prompt attention. However, if you wish to write Assistance Center. Any TTY user can communicate with
Chevrolet, address your inquiry to: Chevrolet by dialing: 1-800-833-CHEV. (,TTY users in
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.)
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 7047
Troy, MI 48007-7047
In Canada. write to:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Communication Centre. 163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L 1H 8P7
8-4

Chevrolet/Geo Roadside Roadside Assistanceis available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year, by calling 1-800-CHEV-USA
Assistance Program (1-800-243-8872). This toll-free numberwill provide
you over-the-phone roadside assistancewith minor
mechanical problems. If your problem cannot be
resolved over the phone, our advisorshave access to a
nationwide network of dealer recommended service
providers. Roadside membershipis free, however some
services may incur costs.
Roadside offers two levelsof service to the customer,
Basic Care and Courtesy” Care:
a Toll-free number, 1-800-CHEV-USA
a Free towing for warranty repairs
a Basic over-the-phone technical advice
a Available dealer servicesat reasonable costs (ie.,
wrecker services, locksmith/key service, glass
repair, etc.)
To enhance Chevrolet’s strong commitmentto customer

satisfaction, Chevroletis excited to announce the
establishment of the Chevrolet/Geo Roadside Assistance
Center. As the owner of a 1997 Chevrolet/Geo,
membership in Roadside Assistance is free.

ROADSIDE Courtesy Care PROVIDES: Chevrolet/Geo offers Courtesy Transportation for
customers needing warranty service. Courtesy
0 Roadside Basic Care services (as outlined above)
Transportation will be offered in conjunction with
Plus:
the coverage provided by the Bumper to Bumper
FREE Non-Warranty Towing (to the closest dealer New Vehicle Limited Warranty to eligible purchasers
from a legal roadway) of 1997 Chevrolet/Geo passenger car and light duty
0 FREE LocksrnithKey Service (when keys are lost trucks. (Please see your selling dealer for details.)
on the road or locked inside) Note: Colmesy Care is available to Retail and Retail Lease
0 FREE Flat Tire Service (spare installed on the road) Customers operating 1997 and newer ChevroletlGeo
vehicles for a period of 3 years/36,000 miles (60 000km),
0 FREE Jump Start (at home or on the road) whichever occurs first.All Corlrtes! Curr services must
0 FREE Fuel Delivery ($5 of fuel delivered on be pre-arranged by Chevrolet Roadside or dealer
the road) Service Management.
Basic Cure and Corwtesy Care are not part of or
included i n the coverage provided by the New Vehicle
Limited Warranty. Chevrolet reserves the right to
modify or discontinue Basic Care and Cmrtesy Ccm
at any time.
8-6

For complete program details, see your ChevroledGeo Please refer to the Roadside Assistance brochure
dealer to obtain a Roadside Assistance Center brochure. inside your owner information portfolio forfull
program details.
The Roadside Assistance Centeruses companies that
will provide you with quality and priority service. When Canadian Roadside Assistance
roadside services are required, our advisorswill explain
any payment obligations that may be incurred for Vehicles purchased in Canada have an extensive
utilizing outside services. Roadside Assistance program accessiblefrom anywhere
in Canada or the United States. Please referto the
For prompt assistance when calling, please havethe separate brochure provided by the dealer orcall
following available to give to the advisor: 1-800-268-6800 for emergency services.
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
0 License plate number
Vehicle color
0 Vehicle location
Telephone number where you can be reached
0 Vehicle mileage
Description of problem

Courtesy Transportation Chevrolet/Geo Courtesy Transportation is not part
Chevrolet/Geo offers Courtesy Transportation for of the Bumper to Bumper New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. Chevrolet/Geo reserves the right to make
customers needing warranty service. Courtesy any changes or discontinueCourtesy Transportation
Transportation will be offered in conjunction with the at any time without notification.
coverage provided by the Bumper to Bumper New
Vehicle Limited Warranty to retail purchasers of For additional program details, contact your
1997 Chevrolet/Geo passenger cars and light duty Chevrolet/Geo dealer.
trucks (please see your selling dealer for details). Some state insuranceregulations make it impractical to
Courtesy Transportation includes: rent vehicles to people under 21 years of age. If you are
under 21 and have difficulty renting a vehicle, Chevrolet
0 One way shuttle ride for any warranty repair
will reimburse up to $30/day for documented
completed during the same day. transportation you receive.
0 U p to $30 maximum daily vehicle rental allowance For warranty repairs during the Complete Vehicle
for any overnight warranty repair up to five days, OR Coverage period in the New Vehicle Limited Warranty,
0 Up to $30 maximum daily cab. bus or other interim transportation may be available under the
transportation allowance in lieu of rental for any Courtesy Transportation Program. Please consult your
overnight warranty repair up to five days, OR dealer for details. TheRoadside Assistance program is
Up t o S I O daily tuel allowance. for rides provided by available only in the United States and Canada.
amother person t i .e.. friend. neighbor. etc.) in lieu of In Canada, please consult your GM dealer for
rental for any c n m i g h t warranty repair up to five days. information on Courtesy Transportation.
Note: All Courtesy Transportation arrangements will
be adtnit7istt'red by your Chevrolet/Geo dealer
ser\.ice tnanaFement. Claim amounts should reflect
a l l actual COSlS.
8-8

GM Participation inan Alternative BBB AUTO LINE is an out-of-court program
administered by the Better Business Bureau system to
Dispute ResolutionProgram settle automotive disputes. This programis available
This program is available in all 50 states and the District free of charge to customerswho currently own or leasea
of Columbia. Canadian ownersrefer to your Warranty GM vehicle.
and Owner Assistance Informationbooklet for If you are not satisfied after followingthe Customer
information onthe Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Satisfaction Procedure,you may contact the BBB using
Plan (CAMVAP). General Motorsreserves the right to the toll-free telephone number, or write them at the
change eligibility limitationsand/or to discontinue its following address:
participation in this program.
BBB AUTO LINE
Both Chevrolet and your Chevrolet dealer are committed Council of Better Business Bureaus, Inc.
to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new 4200 Wilson Boulevard
vehicle. Our experience has shown that, if a situation Suite 800
arises where you feel your concernhas not been Arlington, VA 22203- 1804
adequately addressed, the Customer Satisfaction Procedure
described earlier in this section is very successful. Telephone: 1-800-955-5 100
There may be instances where an impartial third party To file a claim, you will be asked to provide your name
can assist in arriving at a solution to a disagreement and address, your Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
regarding vehicle repairsor interpretation of the New and a statementof the nature of your complaint.
Vehicle Limited Warranty. To assist in resolving these Eligibility is limited by vehicle age and mileage, and
disagreements, Chevrolet voluntarily participates in other factors.
BBB AUTO LINE.
8-9

We prefer you utilize the Customer Satisfaction REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
Procedure before you resort to AUTO LINE, but you
may contact the BBB at any time. The BBB will attempt TO THE UNITED STATES
to resolve the complaint serving as an intermediary. If GOVERNMENT
this mediation is unsuccessful, an informal hearing will If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could
be scheduled where eligible customers may present their cause a crash or could cause in-jury or death, you should
case to an impartial third-party arbitrator. immediately inform the National Highway Traffic
The arbitrator will make a decision which you may Safety Administration (NHTSA),in addition to
accept or reject. If you accept the decision. GM will be notifying General Motors.
bound by that decision. The entire dispute resolution If NHTSA receives similar complaints,it may open an
procedure should ordinarily take about 40 days from the investigation. and if it finds that a safety defect exists in
time you file a claim until a decision is made. a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy
Some state laws may require you to use this program campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
before filing a claim with a state-run arbitration program in individual problems between you, your dealer or
or in the courts. For further information, contact the General Motors.
BBB at 1-800-955-5 100 or the Chevrolet Customer To contact NHTSA, you may either call the Auto Safety
Assistance Center at 1-800-222- 1020. Hotline toll-free at 1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0123 in the
Warranty Information Washington, D.C. area) or write to:
Your vehicle comes with a separate warranty booklet NHTSA, U.S. Department of Transportation
that contains detailed warranty information. Washington. D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other information about motor
vehicle safety from the Hotline.
8-10

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS TO In Canada, please callus at 1-800-263-3777 (English)
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). Or, write:
THE CANADIAN GOVERNMENT General Motors of Canada Limited
If you live in Canada, and you believe that your vehicle Customer Communication Centre
has a safety defect,you should immediately notify 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Transport Canada, in addition to notifying General Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Motors of Canada Limited. You may write to:
Ordering Service and Owner
Transport Canada
Box 8880
Publications in Canada
Ottawa, OntarioK 1G 352 Service manuals, service bulletins, owner’s manualsand
other service literature are available for purchase for
all
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS current and past model General Motors vehicles.
TO GENERAL MOTORS The toll-free telephonenumber for ordering information
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada) in Canada is 1-800-668-5539.
in a situation likethis, we certainly hope you’ll notify
us. Please callus at 1-800-222- 1020 or write:
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 7047
Troy, Michigan 48007-7047
8-11

1997 CHEVROLET/GEO SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ORDERING
INFORMATH
by filling o
The following publications covering the operation and servicing of your vehicle can be purchased
the Service Publication Order Form in thisbook and mailing it in with your check, money order,
or credit card information to Helm, Incorporated (address below.)
CURRENT PUBLICATIONS FOR 1997 CHEVROLET/GEO

SERVICE MANUALS OWNER’S INFORMATION
Service Manuals have thediagnosis and repair information Owner publications are written directly for Owners and
on engines, transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, intended to provide basic operational information about tl
electrical, steering, body, etc. vehicle. The owner’s manual will include the Maintenanct
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $90.00 Schedule for all models.
TRANSMISSION, TRANSAXLE,TRANSFER CASE In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Owner’s Manual and

UNIT REPAIR MANUAL Warranty Booklet.
This manual provides information on unit repair service RETAIL SELL PRICE: $15.00
procedures, adjustments and specifications for the Without Portfolio: Owner’s Manual only.
1997 GM transmissions, transaxles and transfer cases. RETAIL SELL PRICE: $10.00
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $40.00
CURRENT & PAST MODEL ORDER FORMS
SERVICE BULLETINS Service Publications are available for current and past
Service Bulletins give technical service information needed model GM vehicles. To request an order form, please
to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks. specify year and model name of the vehicle.
Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the
diagnosis and service of your vehicle.
PLEASE COMPLETE THEORDER FORM SHOWN ON OR ORDER TOLL FREE:1-800-782-4356

THE FOLLOWING PAGE AND MAIL TO: Monday-Friday 8:OO AM - 6:OO PM Eastern Time
Helm, Incorporated P.O. Box 07130 Detroit, MI 48207 For Credit Card Orders Only(VISA-MasterCarcCDiscover

Orders willbe mailed within O.days
1 of receipt. Please allow ade uate time for postal
ORDER TOLL FREE
(NOTE: For Credit Card Holders Only) R
service. If further informatlon IS needed, wrlte to the address s own below or call
1-800-782-4356.Materialcannot be returned for credit without packing slip with return
1-800-782-4356
(Monday-Friday 8:OO AM - 6:OO PM EST) information within30 days of delivery. On returns, a re-stocking fee may be applied
FAX Orders Only 1-313-865-5927 against the original order.
PUBLICATION FORM ITEM DESCRIPTION , VEHICLE MODEL QTYm
PRICE TOTAL
NUMBER NAME
- - YEAR EACH* PRICE
I Service Manual 1997 $90.00
Car & Light Truck
Transmission Unit Repair 1997 $40.00
Owner’s Manual In Portfolio 1997 $15.00
Owner’s Manual Without Portfolio 1997 $10.00
- I TOTAL
MATERIAL I
NOTE: Dealers and Companies please provide dealeror companyname, and also the Check or Money
name of the personto whose attention the shipment should be sent. Order payable to Michigan Purchasers
Mail completed order form to:
HELM, INCORPORATED P.O. Box 07130 Detroit, MI 48207
P Helm, Inc. (USA funds
-
only do not send cash.)
add 6% sales tax
For purchases outside U.S.A. please writeto the above address for quotation.
A 0MasterCard Canadian Postage
Y VISA
See Note Below
M
lm m l
(CUSTOMERS
NAME) (AITEMION)
Discover
E Number:
Account
ml
(STREET ADDRESS-NO P.O. BOX NUMBERS)
N Expiration 1 7 Checkhere if yourbillingaddress

is different fromyour shipping
(CITY) (STATE) CODE) (ZIP Date mo/yr: address shown.
. .
T
DAYTlMf TELEPHONE NO. 0
AREA CODE
- CUSTOMER SIGNATURE
iE-ORD97 ‘(Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring Note to Canadian Customers:All listed pricesare quoted in U.S. funds. Canadian residents
obligation. Allow ample time for delivery.) are to make checks payablein U.S. funds. To cover Canadian postage, add $11.50
plus the
U.S. order processing.

4% NOTES
8-14

Section 9 Index
Accessory Power Outlets ........................ 2-63 Arbitration Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle . . . . . . 6-3 Armrest. Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56
Adding Sound Equipment ........................ 3-20 Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61
Add-on Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44 Audio Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
AirBag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20 Automatic Overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Adding Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25 Automatic Transmission
How Does it Restrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
How it Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21. 2-73 Park Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25 Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
What Makes it Intlate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23 Starting Your Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
What You See After it Inflates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24 Axle
When Should it Inflate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23 Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Aircleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Refrigerants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64
Backglass Wipers. Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
Alignment and Balance, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23, 6-21 ChargeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73
Aluminum Wheels. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Antenna. Fixed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 Replacement. Keyless Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 2-76, 4-7 Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3. 5-5
Appearancecare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49 BBB Auto Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57 Better Business Bureau Mediation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
9-1

Blizzard. Driving In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39 Changing a Flat Tire............................. 5-23
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-73
Brake. Parking ................................. 2-29 Check Gages Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80
Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-75 Checking Your Restraint Systems . . . . . :. . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47
Brakes Chemical Paint Spotting .......................... 6-56
Adjustment .................................. 6-32 ChildRestraints ................................ 1-37
Anti-Lock ................................... 4- 7 Center Seat Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41
Master Cylinder .............................. 6-28 Securing in a Rear Outside Seat Position........... 1-39
PedalTravel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32 Securing in the Right Front Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . 1-41
Replacing System Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32 TopStrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 9 Where Not to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41
Wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31 WheretoPut ................................ 1-37
Brake-Transmission Shift Interlock Check . . . . . . . . . . 7-48 CigaretteLighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61
Braking ........................................ 4- 6 Circuit Breakers and Fuses ....................... 6-59
Braking in Emergencies ........................... 4-9 Cleaner.Air ................................... 6-13
Break-In, NewVehicle .......................... 2-13 Cleaning
Brightness Control .............................. 2-47 Aluminum Wheels ............................ 6-55
BTSICheck ................................... 7-48 Fabric ...................................... 6-50
Bulb Replacement ......................... 6-33, 6-62 Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-53
Inside of Your Vehicle ......................... 6-49
Canadian Roadside Assistance .................... 8-7 Instrumentpanel ............................. 6-52
Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-63, 6-64 Leather ..................................... 6-52
CarbonMonoxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9.2-34.4-49, 4-50 Outside of Your Vehicle ........................ 6-54
Cargocover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58 Stains ...................................... 6-51
Cargo Tie Downs ............................... 2-58 Tires ....................................... 6-55
Center Front Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26 Vinyl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
CertificatiodTire Label .......................... 4-42 Weatherstrips ................................ 6-53
Chains Wheels ...................................... 6-45
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49 Windshield, Backglass and Wiper Blades . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48 Climate Control System ........................... 3-2
9-2

Clock. Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Drive Axle Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clutch. Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 19
Comfort Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 1
CompactDisc Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35 Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 Drunken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57 Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Convex Outside Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50 Freeway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14. 6-23 Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Coolant Heater. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 17 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 InaBlizzard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
CruiseControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42 Night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Customer Assistance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- I Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 OnCurves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Rainy Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Damage. Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56 Snowy and Icy Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Damage. Sheet Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55 Through Deep Standing Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Daytime Running Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46 WetRoads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Daytime Running Lamps Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
DeadBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 With a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
Defects. Reporting Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- IO. 8- 1 I Driving On Grades While Towing a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
DefensiveDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 DrunkenDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Defogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Defrosting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 E a s y Entry Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Dimensions.Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64 Electrical Equipment, Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20. 6-58
DomeLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48 ElectricalSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58
Door Endgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Emergency Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56 ManualRelease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Drive. Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 RemoteRelease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
9-3

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Finish Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
Coolant Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 17 Finish Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56
Coolant Level Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46 First Gear
Coolant Temperature Gage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34 Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
FanNoise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 Flashers . Hazard Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58 Flat Tire. Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Oil Level Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46 Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64. 7-52
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 FogLampSwitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35 Foreign Countries. Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-63 Fourth Gear, Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Four-wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23, 6-21..
Engineoil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 French Language Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 FrontAxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 12 Front ivlap Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 Front Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47. 2-5 1.6-38
Kind to Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 Front Sidemarker Lamp Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
Pressure Gage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-79 Front Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56
Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 FrontTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Whentochange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 Front Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
Exhaust.Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Express-Down Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36 Filling Your Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Exterior Metal Parts. Protecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55 Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Gage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-81
F a b r i c Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59
Fifth Gear. Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
FillingYourTank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Gages
Fi 1ter Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-76
Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-79
Remote Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 12 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-81
9-4

Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 1 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
GasCap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Inflation. Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.41.7.46
Gate Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-81 Inside Daymight Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
GAWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43 Inspections
GearPositions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
GloveBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50 Exhaust Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
Gross Axle Weight Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43 Front Drive Axle Boot Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42.. Radiator and Heater Hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
Guide en Franpis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
GVWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42 Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
Throttle Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45 Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33 FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59
HighLow Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39 Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
OnReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59 Jacking Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Hearing Impaired. Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35 K e y in the Ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35 Key Lock Cylinders Service ...................... 7-47
Hitches. Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48 Key Release Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Keyless Entry System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- I9
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
Hydroplaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
9-5

Labels Locks ......................................... 2-4
Certificatioflire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60 Key Lock Cylinder Service ..................... 7-47
SafetyBelt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48 PowerDoor .................................. 2-5
Service Parts Identification ..................... 6-58 Rear Door Security ............................. 2-5
Vehicle Identification Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58 Steering Column Park Lock Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48 Lubricants and Fluids ....................... 6.64. 7.52
Front Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48 Lubrication Service. Body ........................ 7-47
Front Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.47. 2.51 Luggagecarrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47 LumbarControls ............................ 1.3. 1-4
OnReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
Latches. Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Leaving Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Maintenance Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Leaving Your Vehicle with the Engine Running . . . . . . . 2-32 Long Trip/Highway ....................... 7.6.7.30
Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61 Owner Checks and Services ..................... 7-46
Lights Periodic Maintenance Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
Air Bag Readiness ....................... 1-2 1. 2.73 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.76.4.7 Scheduled Maintenance Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-75 Short Trip/City ............................ 7.57.
.7
ChargingSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73 Maintenance. Underbody ......................... 6-56
CheckGages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80 Maintenance When Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
Daytime Running Lamps Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80 Malfunction Indicator Lamp ...................... 2-77
Gate Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-81 ManualFront Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Safety Belt Reminder ...................... 1-9. 2-72 ManualLumbar Support .......................... 1-3
Service Engine Soon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-77
Manual Transmission
Shitt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22, 2-80 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
Loading Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Locking Rear A x l e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
LockoutSwitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37 Starting Your Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
9-6

Methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Overhead Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49 Overheating Engine ............................. 5-12
Convex Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50 Owner Checks and Services ....................... 7-46
Inside Daymight Rearview ..................... 2-49 Owner Publications ........................ 8- 1 1. 8. 12
Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
VisorVanity ................................. 2-62 P a i n t Spotting. Chemical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56
Model Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi Park
Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35 Automatic Transmission ....................... 2-18
Multifunction Lever ............................. 2-38 Shifting Into ................................. 2-30
Shifting Out of ............................... 2-33
N e t . Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57 Parking
Neutral AtNight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Automatic Transmission ....................... 2- 19 Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Brake Mechanism Check ....................... 7-49
New Vehicle “Break-In” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 13 Lots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Nightvision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28 On Hills with a Trailer ......................... 4-52
Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-63 Over Things That Burn ........................ 2-34
Your Vehicle. Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-68 Passing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Off-RoadDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 Payload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 1 1 Periodic Maintenance Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
0il.Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 Power
Opener. Garage Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51 Accessory Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63
Ordering Owner and Smite Publications . . . . . . . 8- 1 I. 8- 12 DoorLocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Outside Mirror Remote Control Mirror ........................ 2-49
Manual Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Power Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49 Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Overdrive. Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Powerseat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Lumbar Controls .............................. 1-4

Pregnancy. Use of Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26 Replacement
Problems on the Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62
Publications. Service and Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 1 I . 8- 12 Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-63
Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
Radiator. Adding Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 19 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 10. 8-11
Radiator Pressure Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26 Restraints
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- I9 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
Radios Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47
AM-FM Stereo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Child . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37
Cassette Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20? 7-46 Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Cassette Tape Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8. 3- 10 Replacing Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48
Compact Disc Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 13 Reverse
Theft-Deterrent Feature. CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 17 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Rain. Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29 Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Rear RightFront Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36
Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20 Roadside Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Door Security Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Canadian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Safety Belt Comfort Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 1 Rocking Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
Seat Passengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28 Rotation. Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Window Defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Adults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Window WasheriWi per . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41 Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
RearSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Center Front Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 3 -49 Center Rear Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34
Reclining Front Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35 . 1-44
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . 6-64.7-52 Driver Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Recovery Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37 Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47
Recovery Tank . Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- I6 HowtoWear Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41 LapBelt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27 . 1-33
9-8

Lap-Shoulder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.13. 1.28 SignalingTurns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Questions and Answers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.I2 SIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Rear Comfort Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 1 Skidding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Rear Seat Passengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28 Specifications and Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.63. 6.64
Replacing After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48 Speech Impaired. Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Right Front Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26 Stains. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
WhyThey Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
Safety Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49 Starting Your Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Safety Defects. Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 10. 8- I...1 Steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Safety Warnings and Symbols ....................... III Steering
Scheduled Maintenance Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 In Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Seatback Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Steering Column Park Lock Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
RecliningFront . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Steering Wheel. Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Seats and Restraint Systems ........................ 1-1 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
Second Gear Storage.Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 1 Stuck: In Sand. Mud. Ice or Snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
Service and Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 1 SunVisors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62
Service and Owner Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 1 1. 8. 12 Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56
Service Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-77 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63
Service Parts Identification Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58 SupplementalInflatableRestraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Service Work. Doing Your Own .................... 6-2 Symbols. Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v
Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Sheet MetalDamage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71
Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.22. 2.80 Taillamp Bulb Replacement ....................... 6-37
Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 8. 2.21 TapePlayerCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30 Temperature and Compass Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
OutofPark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
.. .
9-9

Theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Driving on Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
THEFTLOCK TI( . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Driving with a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26 Hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
Third Gear. Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 1 Maintenance When Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
Tilt Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38 Parking on Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
Time. Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Safety Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48 Tongueweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Tires Total Weight on Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
Alignment and Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
BuyingNew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44 Turn Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Changing a Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55 Wiring Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
Inflation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41. 7-46 Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
Inspection and Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42 Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41 Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46 Transmission Fluid
Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45 Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Uniform Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45 Transmitters . Keyless Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Wear Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44 Transportation. Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
When It’s Time for New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44 Trip. Before Leaving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
TopStrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71
TorqueLock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32 TTYUsers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Torque, Wheel Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32, 6-63 Turn Signal and Lane Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Towing a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45 Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Towing, Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Towing YourVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Underbody Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56
Trailer Underhood Lamp Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
9-10

Universal Transmitter ............................ 2-64 Weatherstrips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
Erasing Channels ............................. 2-66 Wheel Alignment ............................... 6-46
Operation ................................... 2-66 Wheel Nut Torque ......................... 5.32. 6.63
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65 WheelReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
Rolling Code Openers ......................... 2-66 Windows
Used Replacement Wheels ........................ 6-47 Express-Down ............................... 2-36
LockoutSwitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38 Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
VehicleControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Vehicle Damage Warnings .......................... iv Swing-Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
VehicleDimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64 WindshieldWasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Vehicle Identification Number ..................... 6-58 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
Vehicle Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42 Fluid Level Check ............................ 7-46
Vehicle Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33 WindshieldWiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Vehicle Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v Bladecheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
Ventilation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 BladeReplacement ........................... 6-38
Visors. Sun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59
Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Wiring.Headlamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59
w a r n i n e Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Wrecker Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Warning Eights. Gages and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-72
Warranty Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- I O
Washer Fluid. Windshield ........................ 6-27
WashingYourVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
9-11

Service Station Checkpoints
TIRES
ENGINE COOLANT P6-41
RECOVERY TANK
P6-23 I
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK

I 1
I f II
P6-9
SECONDARY
HOOD RELEASE
4 1 \I
P6-6
WINDSHIELD
WASHER FLUID
P6-27
HOOD RELEASE FUEL DOOR
P6-6 P6-5
For detailed information, refer to the page number listed, or see the index in the back of the owner's manual.
9-12


1997 Blazer

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1997 Blazer

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

1997 Blazer

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

REPRODUCTION

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

1-1 Seats and Restraint Systems

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem. WE SUPPORT

Litho in U.S.A. “Copyright General Motors Corporation 1996

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

These mean there is something that could

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

1-2 Seats and Seat Controls 1-28 Rear Seat Passengers

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

To make the front of the seat moveup or down, use

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

In most states and Canadian provinces, the law says to

After more than 25 years of safety belts in vehicles,

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Make w r c thc t - c l c w button on the buckle is

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

A: The shoulder belt is too loose. It won‘t give nzarly

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

A: The belt is buckled in the wrong place.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

A: The shoulder belt is worn under the arm. It should

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

A: The belt is twisted across the body.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Where is the air bag?

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

A CAUTION: 0 Let only qualified technicians work on yourair bag

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Center Front Passenger Position

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

3. To make the lap part tight, pull down on the buckle

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine